Many, many years ago God called to Him one of His Servants, by name Tendor,
a spirit who had served Him long and faithfully, and was now to receive a new
commission. Into the arms of Tendor God placed a tiny flame, burning pure and
bright with never a flicker, a spark of divine Love which was destined to
travel through experience and learn of its Father's Love. Tenderly God's
servant nursed this tiny flame, rejoicing in his heart that God had entrusted
him with the task of guarding and guiding the path of this tiny babe.
As time passed, the embryo spirit gathered form and intelligence, scarcely
discernible at first but gradually drawing to itself the substance of the
Spirit World as an earthly seed draws the means to manifest as a plant.
Issuing from the Eternal Father-Mother of all Creation, the tiny spirit
knew only perfection, lacking any form of experience. Only love and truth and
beauty surrounded it, but it could not fully appreciate these as it had as yet
no means of comparison with their opposites. One cannot paint a picture with
only white paint! It is from shadow that we find the meaning of sunlight. If
we had lived only in the Arctic, tropical heat would have no meaning for us.
If there were no opposites to love we should take it for granted and be unable
to appreciate it.
During its descent into experience the young spirit was forced to undergo
the painful experience of parturition into its masculine and feminine
characteristics, as has been explained in the preface. Thus there grew up two
spirits, twin souls, to whom Tendor gave the names of Michael and Ann.
These heavenly twins knew not evil, knew nothing that was not a direct
attribute of God the Perfect. In accordance with their Father's inscrutable
purpose they were sent forth that they might partake of the fruits of
knowledge and, after refinement by the fires of experience, know themselves to
be pure and good through deep knowledge of the meaning of those terms. And
because they were children ·of God they knew within themselves that they
carried an assurance of their eventual return to the place that was theirs.
Through long ages Tendor brought up his children, for so he thought of
them. As they descended step by step into denser and still denser form, he
watched over the fashioning of the bodies most suited for the manifestation in
each deepening state of density, for the Spirit World has as many distinct
planes of existence as an onion has skins, each forming an outer protecting
skin to the previous one and providing a means of contacting the experiences
which that particular plane has to offer. These planes are co-existent with
our physical world, invisible to our slow reacting sense of sight, yet as real
and concrete as the invisible waves which carry our wireless programmes. As a
spirit descends, plane by plane, into the depths of experience, a body,
complete with the organs of sense suitable for manifestation in that
particular sphere, has to be donned in order that those senses may respond to
the vibration of things comprising that sphere. Without such a garment it
would not be found possible either to express oneself or to receive
impressions in local surroundings, and the experiences in that particular
plane would be fruitless.
Not so many years ago such an idea would have been ridiculed. But as we
begin to understand something of atomic structure, that all matter is fluid,
composed of electrons and protons in varying number and degree of cohesion, we
see that spirit form is just as comprehensible as material form. This is no
place for a scientific discourse but the facts are there for all to search and
find, proven and accepted. The heresies of yesterday are the facts of today.
The earlier stages of spirit education are of too rarefied a quality to
bear description here so we will watch the progress of Michael and Ann from
the time they reached realms more approximating our own. So far they had
acquired the elements of wisdom, the principles of truth and the significance
of sanctity. The bodies which now formed their external covering were of
etheric structure but of Human shape. Certain organs found in physical bodies
were non-existent or vestigial but otherwise the forms were almost exact
replicas of Human forms, the principal difference being in the density of the
atomic structure, that is to say, in the composition of the atoms forming the
etheric body and the relation of the protons to the electrons in those atoms.
To Michael and Ann their bodies were as substantial as that of any mortal is
to its owner and they would have laughed heartily at being described as
phantoms. Like all others on their plane of existence they wore robes of
handsome design and made of a delicately textured material not unlike silk in
its quality and sheen though infinitely finer and in endless shades of colour
of far wider range than is to be found in earthly existence. In the Spirit
World an individual is known by the degree of light he radiates and by the
colour of his garments. The divine spark within the spirit radiates so
strongly as to cause the clothing to glow with an opalescent light which gives
a wonderfully beautiful effect. The higher the degree of a spirit the finer
are the colours he can use. It is not possible therefore, for a spirit of a
low standard of evolution to robe himself in garments of high degree any more
than it is possible for him to endure for any time a state of existence higher
than that for which he is equipped.
It was during their present state of existence that Tendor explained to
Michael and Ann that Earth was destined to be the place in which both of them
would experience the densest form of life. He had pointed out that their
present habitat was the anteroom where dwelt those who were on their way to
inhabit the Dark Star of bitter experience, an adventure that affrighted not a
few of the more timid ones but which drew evolving souls as a flame draws
moths in the night. These were aware that in this most material of all planes
of endeavour they could learn all that their hearts yearned to know in a far
shorter time than would be possible had the same experience to be undergone
vicariously in a school less hard.
When Michael heard of their objective he was thrilled beyond measure as he
always was at the prospect of some new venture. Ann took the news more
quietly. Being in affinity with Michael, eternal feminine to his eternal
masculine, she viewed anything that might involve their separation, with
dismay. The very thought of life without Michael was, to her, anathema, it was
the negation of the first principle of their lives. For the love that bound
these two was fundamental, having its roots in pure Spirit and as such it was
unquestionable.
The two were living together in a house of their own design and
construction. This dwelling was the subject of much tumult and not a little
light-hearted merriment in their lives. In this plane of Spirit,
house-building is scarcely less difficult than it is on Earth. On Earth
thought precedes activity; in Spirit thought is activity. True, the spirit
materials do not have to be manufactured or quarried and there is no problem
of space or expense, for all the materials of the building are assembled by
the power of thought. Lest this statement sound impossible to finite ears, let
it be remembered that all substances have their atomic composition fixed by
natural law. Steel, bricks, glass, wood, all obey a prescribed law. To
assemble their etheric counterparts therefore, it is only necessary to know
the formula for their atomic composition and to use the power inherent in all
spirits, of ordering the atoms of the Spirit World to re-arrange themselves in
the manner desired. This is done by concentrated thought. In mortal life
houses are first constructed in thought and then the thought is transferred to
paper, thus gaining the first semblance of form. When the plans have been
approved materials are prepared and brought to the site; building can then
commence. In the World of Spirit from construction in thought to construction
in material is but one step. The builder concentrates his mind on the quality,
shape, colour, etc., of the material he wants and it assembles itself by
atomic re-arrangement before his eyes. Each course of bricks, the fashioning
of the woodwork, the correctness of angle or elevation is affected by the
power of thought of the spirit builder. And in accordance with his skill so is
the result. But he has one great advantage over his brother in physical life,
the spiritual house, being created by thought, can be "undone" by the same
method. The beginner can "rub out" his mistakes and start again.
* * * * * * * * * *
Michael's and Ann's first efforts at house building were subject to many
"rubbings out" and reconstruction and they would wrangle happily together as
they laboured, for all the world like two children building sand castles. It
was noticeable, however, that Michael's was the dominant mind, especially in
the exterior design, though he gave Ann pride of place in the interior
decoration and furnishing. It is easy to imagine the pleasure to be obtained
in the arrangement of colour schemes in such a home. One shade after another
could be tried and compared, in materials resembling silks, brocades, damask
and others unfamiliar to our earthly minds, conjured up, tried, discarded or
altered as the mood dictated. There was of course no kitchen in this spirit
home, for spirit bodies do not require to be fed, the rays of Spirit power
which flow freely in the atmosphere do all that is needful in that respect.
But in the main a visitor from Earth would find little difference from a
modern, tastefully furnished house designed to the order of a cultured and
wealthy occupant. From the first Michael had been the gardener. Though he had
studied the subject intensively at the horticultural college he found it
difficult to settle upon a suitable layout for the extensive grounds. Time and
again he would "rub out" his previous efforts and start entirely afresh. So
many attractive designs could be assembled and so many flowers, many of which
have never bloomed on Earth, could be planted. In Spirit, flowers do not grow
and die, there is no cycle of the seasons. If full blooms are created, full
blooms they remain as long as the owner desires, drawing their sustenance from
the all-pervading Spirit power and giving in return their lovely essences to
the atmosphere. In all it was very good fun, and Tendor, who had his being in
a higher plane than this, would drop in at odd times to inspect the work in
progress and listen gravely to the ideas that filled the eager minds of the
young creators. For this is how education progresses in the land of Spirit,
through the inherent desire of the spirit to create.
Inside the house they each had their own set of rooms. One room in each
suite was designed so that they might withdraw and rest, one being used as a
study or work room where they could be alone with their thoughts or their
books if they wished, and a third for robing, where they kept the garments
they used for special occasions. In the centre of the house was a long room
running the whole length of the house, in which they would receive their
visitors or occupy when they sought each other's company. There was not much
furniture, the decor being mainly through colour schemes, aided by flowers and
a few paintings they had done. But there were couches on which they could
recline and chairs on which to sit. Tiredness, as such, is unknown in the
Spirit World. But there is a form of mental depletion due to various causes,
which enjoins the remedy of rest and recuperation. On such occasions a spirit
will be glad to retire into seclusion and recline upon a couch while rays of
healing power are directed upon the depleted body, revitalising it. There is
no sun and therefore no day and night, the light being provided by the
all-pervading Spirit radiance. But a depleted spirit, or one who wishes to
meditate at length will often withdraw within himself, building up a sort of
misty cloud round his person which has the effect of shutting out all external
influences. Anyone found thus is seldom disturbed.
Spirits are just as careful about their dress as when they inhabit a
physical body. Though spirit robes do not wear out, a change in colour or
texture is often made for aesthetic reasons while special excursions demand
special robes. A descent into the realm of physical matter for whatever reason
or an ascent into a higher realm for a temporary visit, will require a special
robe of a lower or higher vibration to be consistent with the conditions to be
found there. Low Astral influences can tarnish a robe and it has to be
renewed, while one for visits to superior planes requires lengthy preparation
and needs much skill. An existing robe can either be dematerialised if no
longer required or stored in the robing room for future use.
There was a lake close to the house where Michael and Ann used to swim and
dive happily together or with their friends. Distance being no object and
climatic variations unknown, a visit to the seashore presented no problem. The
waters of Spirit are always pleasantly warm and exhilarating and the drops dry
off the body just as spirit evaporates from the human skin. Michael had a boat
on the lake in which they sometimes made voyages. It was of graceful lines
having neither sail nor engine for it was propelled by the universal motive
power of thought. After some practice it becomes quite easy to propel a boat
and carry on a conversation at the same time.
Movement on land is by two methods. The first is by walking as we do on
Earth but progress is effortless and can be speeded up as desired, far beyond
the capabilities of an earthly body. When great distances are to be covered or
another plane of existence is to be visited, the usual method is to
concentrate the thoughts on the destination, hold that thought firmly fixed in
the mind, and then take a leap into space, as it were, so that the spirit body
follows the thought and arrives. There is a method used sometimes on Earth in
equitation when training riders to jump. The instructor will say to the pupil:
"Throw your heart over and your body will follow." It is something like that
only easier because there is no fear of physical injury.
The education of Michael and Ann was progressively planned in consultation
with advanced spirits who had made the subject their speciality. In the Spirit
World education is voluntary like every other pursuit, in fact the main
problem is to restrain eager students from trying to absorb more knowledge
than they are capable of assimilating. There is no fixed scholastic curriculum
as in earthly schools, instruction being given more on the lines of our
university training. The object is to provide a wide experience of matters
pertaining to the line of evolution the student has before him rather than
mental exercises designed to develop mind and memory. Facts do not have to be
memorised for it is only necessary to concentrate upon a question for the
facts to come into the mind. This is done by tapping the Akashic Records.
Every spoken word, every framed thought, every event that ever happened in the
Universe, is recorded upon the screen of time at the moment it occurred. By
directing the thoughts upon some desired fact an adept may cause laws of
selection to work directing the enquiry to the pigeon hole where the desired
information is recorded. The higher the development of the enquirer the more
profound will be the information thus obtained. Educational organisation can
therefore be concentrated upon the application of facts to life without the
strain of collating or memorising facts.
The instruction is far, far wider than any given on Earth. For example,
spiritual mathematics have twice the octave of the subject as at present
understood by Human minds. Good government is studied but in principle rather
than practice. Geography and its allied subjects are not confined to the
terrestrial globe but embrace the Universe. The Arts are studied and expressed
in terms of the undimensional aspect of the Spirit World. Perspective, for
instance, will have a totally different meaning in conditions not subject to
three-dimensional time or space. Moreover, the scope of expression is far
wider for there are colours in use which would be beyond the range of physical
receptivity together with infinite shades of each colour, growing in range and
depth as the consciousness of the individual expands. Sound expands infinitely
beyond the range of Human ears and with the aid of thought transference
instead of Human speech, it is easy to realise that the field of expression is
almost boundless apart from the state of development of the individual. Added
to this is an almost infinite capacity for appreciation. Art in Human
existence can only be viewed through a keyhole; not until the individual is
freed from Human restrictions will its full beauty be comprehended.
Lost in wonder at all they saw, seeing with the untarnished vision of pure
Spirit, Michael and Ann wandered at will through this land of marvels. There
were halls to visit in which were shown the etheric counterparts of Earthly
machinery used since the dawn of history. Here could be studied the principles
of applied engineering underlying each machine. Here would assemble scientists
lately returned from Earth who were eager to study certain aspects of their
craft which had eluded them during their incarnation. For it is in the realm
of Spirit that the underlying principles of all great inventions have their
genesis. When it is time for some great new invention to be externalised into
the hands of Mankind, some spirit incarnate who is judged sufficiently
knowledgeable is chosen and invited to visit the laboratories of Spirit during
his sleep state when the spirit is able temporarily to free itself from its
mortal prison. Thus the conception is implanted in his mind, later to be
externalised into his physical mentality through his creative faculty. It is
not the fault of the spirit designers if the invention is used as a means of
destruction instead of construction.
There were many classes for instruction in the Arts to choose from and at
some of these the great artists of history would demonstrate their skill for
the benefit of students. At rare intervals Tendor would thrill his charges by
taking them to some vantage point whence they could witness the movements of
the constellations of the Universe. They would stand in amazement at the
prospect displayed before them, the endless array of stars and planets,
evolving, changing, growing, decreasing, in perfect obedience to the cycle
ordained by God.
It was while Michael was in his study examining a chart of certain
planetary aspects of the Universe, that he sensed the near approach of Tendor.
Hurrying out to greet his beloved Guide, Michael saw at once from his
expression that he had come on no ordinary mission. Michael's eyes lighted in
anticipation, he was always ready for something new. Answering an enquiry from
Tendor he sent out his thoughts questing for Ann's whereabouts. He found that
she was resting in her room. Though Tendor would have waited patiently for her
to appear Michael impatiently demanded that she be wakened. Entering her room
he found her reclining on her couch surrounded by the cloud-like screen which
denoted that she was in the spiritual equivalent of sleep. With all his force
he concentrated his thoughts in an endeavour to pierce the cloud. With no
result. In the end Tendor took a hand and because of his powerful personality
he succeeded. There were signs of movement in the misty cloud and, like a
child pushing its head out of the bed-clothes, Ann's tousled head appeared out
of its concealment. With one flash of his mighty mind Tendor acquainted her of
his mission, then the two left her to complete her toilet and returned to the
central room.
It is not easy to paint a pen picture of a Human being; it is far more
difficult to describe adequately a Spirit being. To begin with all Spirits are
of one age, there are no old folk or youngsters except those who have just
returned from life on Earth and these gradually rejuvenate or grow up until
they reach an age corresponding to our age of thirty or so. Then there are no
imperfections of physique, for spirit bodies are well set up and
proportionate. Yet there is no commonness of type for it is far easier to
distinguish character and it is this which makes the distinction together with
the state of development of the individual. Although Tendor and Michael had
the same well-developed bodies there was a wealth of difference in their
appearance. It was easy to see that Tendor was a being of wisdom and high
degree because of the character apparent in his august features as well as the
colouring and radiance of his robes. In Michael's features was depicted the
clear, eager innocence of youth, his eyes moved restlessly to and fro as if
seeking some new thing while he had not the assured grace of movement of the
more advanced spirit.
Presently Ann appeared to join the party. In contradistinction to Michael's
dark locks she was fair, and she wore her hair in the Grecian style, bound by
a fillet. Her complexion was ivory-clear and delicately coloured and she had
long artistic hands with tapering fingers. She was dressed in a robe draped in
the Grecian style and cut with what we might call expensive simplicity. It
was, of course, designed for her and created by those who make a speciality of
such matters, though any Spirit can provide themselves with a robe by the mere
effort of thought creation. But there are robes and robes and a special robe
needs special skill and instruction in its creation. The clinging folds of the
garment showed off the lines of her figure to perfection and gave her added
grace as she moved. The colours she had chosen were pastel shades of apple
green and the colouring was skillfully used to accentuate the folds of the
material. The effect was both charming and graceful, glowing as it did with
her own natural brightness.
When they were all three seated Tendor began to speak. It must be realised
that in the Spirit World the larynx is only used for speaking to those who
have just passed over. No one would dream of confining himself to the clumsy
and limited mode of communication used by mortals, when the infinitely
variable method of thought-transference is available. When we mortals wish to
speak we first conceive of an idea. This may be a wonderful conception, say,
the colouring of a sunset. We have to fit that idea into the bottle-neck of
words, our vocabulary being ill-designed for such descriptions. Moreover we
cannot be certain that the idea we wish to convey has in fact been transmitted
to our listeners. In the Spirit World the thought is projected and received in
its original conception, as if we had painted a good representation of the
sunset and handed it to our listeners by way of description. Such freedom of
communication is essential when one considers that not only are the spirit
senses infinitely more sensitive than ours but range of colours, sound tones
and other external stimuli are far wider in scope than anything we know of on
Earth.
To the Twins Tendor's voice came as a beautifully modulated range of mental
impressions. He understood the art of painting a mental picture in a way that
delighted the mind, for his powerful wisdom enabled him to people his pictures
with living impressions. And he could present his hearers with a vision,
lifting them up and carrying them with him into a world that had every aspect
of reality except its concrete presence. It is quite impossible to translate
such pictures within the compass of words. We Humans are almost inarticulate
in comparison with the artists of the land of Spirit.
He spoke to the two young Spirits of their preparation for their
forthcoming incarnation on Earth. He sketched for them the type of experience
he thought would be best for the development of each of their characters.
Always he stressed that whatever they decided must be to a large extent
dependent on their own free will. Michael expressed little anxiety as to the
future. It was an emotion he knew little of and that only vicariously, while
the attractive prospect of experiencing through acute physical contact
enthralled him. He was not aware that this urge was shared by all evolving
spirits in greater or less degree and was the motive power that impelled them
through existence and kept them on their way back towards the Source from
which they emanated.
"If you decide that you would like to have this experience now, Michael,"
explained Tensor, "an opportunity is opening up that I consider most suitable.
I have discussed the matter with the Sages and we find that there is a thread
in the scroll of Destiny that will bring you the experience best calculated to
teach you the lessons you need for your advancement. There is also another
thread which interweaves with this one that would be suitable for Ann. But she
would incarnate some time after you, Michael, about three years of Earth
time." He smiled reflectively as he added, "This time business. It is like a
dragging chain about the feet of Earth folk, it sets a limit upon everything
that they do and dominates their very minds. But try and remember when you get
there that time is an attribute of Human existence only."
“Why is it so difficult to remember these things when we are in Human
bodies?" asked Ann.
"If incarnating spirits could carry with them even a faint recollection of
the joys and beauties of this sphere it would make it impossible for them to
remain in tenancy of a physical body. To drink deep from the cup of experience
it is necessary to contact life in its lowest form of manifestation. In order
to do this you have to slow down your vibrations to a very slow rate and come
under the cumbersome laws which govern that form of matter. To one who
remembered what life really is, the ache to return would be so intolerable
that no spirit could hold down an Earthly body. It is a merciful provision of
God that such memories are temporarily veiled."
Michael was still struggling with the implication of the time factor. At
length he gave it up and decided to leave it to actual experience. "Tell us
about the experiences we shall have," he begged.
"I will tell you this," said Tendor, smiling at Michael's eagerness.
"Before you can come into contact with Earth experiences it is necessary for
you to wear an additional body, an intermediate one between the one you are
now wearing and the physical form that you must inhabit. The difference in the
rate of vibration of these two is so great that they could not function
together in close contact. It would be like over-filling a balloon. Between
the two there must be a soul body, or as some call it an emotional body, which
functions in a higher plane than the physical, yet lower than the spiritual.
It is at once a means of more easily contacting the mortal body and of forming
a protection to the spirit body to which it acts as a kind of cushion against
the harmful influences of Earth. You will find it a very difficult body to
wear for it is the seat of the emotions, it is the engine that will drive your
physical body. It will try and take control and take you anywhere but where
you want to go. You must learn to be its master and not its servant. That is
done by exercising your spirit will through the etheric mind of this soul body
and if you are not careful you will find the soul body getting the message all
wrong and doing something quite different from what you intended."
"It sounds terribly complicated," confessed Ann, with a little frown of
puzzlement.
"I think it sounds marvellous," said Michael, his eyes agleam. "You will
find," continued Tendor, rather grimly, "that the mind of this soul body
through which you will have to filter your real intentions, will operate
equally in the direction of evil as for good. The object of this is to enable
you to strike a balance between the Light of Knowledge and the darkness of
ignorance," A sad little smile played about his features as he added, "The
Powers of Darkness will see to it that you have the aspect of evil, or
ignorance as I prefer to call it, well and truly placed before you."
"Supposing we fail to control this body with such a lot of names?" queried
Ann.
"There is no such thing as failure. You have a test to pass, one which you
have set yourself to accomplish. When you pass it depends upon the effort you
make. If you do not pass the test in the experience you are about to undergo
you will have other chances of doing so. You will always find fresh
opportunities opening out before you. In time you will accomplish what you set
out to do, however many distractions may deter you from your object. The power
of the Spirit can and will win in the end. It is like a powerful magnet
drawing you on. You might even return to Earth if during your first
incarnation you had created so many obstacles to your progress, made so many
mistakes, that only in that same condition could you undo and overcome them.
It is the effort that counts, the responsibility is yours, no other can
accomplish your mission for you. The scales of divine justice are accurately
balanced, there must be nothing owing if you are to progress. "
"Will we be conscious of this emotional body?" enquired Michael.
"You will not be conscious of any body but your physical one," replied
Tendor. "But you will be conscious of being swayed by your emotions. You may
find them to be violent at times but remember that they are not meant to be
utterly suppressed. Rather should they be controlled, like spirited horses."
"But," protested Ann, "I don't see how we can control this excitable body
if our memories are clouded over and we cannot remember what you are telling
us."
"You will know," observed Tendor with a tender smile. "There will be the
Spirit speaking through you, the divine voice of Conscience. If you exert the
desire to know and to understand what perplexes you, you will get the answer
from within, for by enquiring within you will contact your real self, which
knows. It is the power of the Spirit within you that you must try and tap,
that power which accomplishes nearly everything for you here. You are apt to
take that power for granted but you will find that the Earth folk often deny
that such a thing exists, so cut off are they from realities. Many of them
deny that we, as spirits, have any existence. Some deny that there is a God."
The Twins gazed at their guide in amazement. This was altogether beyond
them. If they had known the meaning of exaggeration they would have accused
him of it.
"Remember," he went on, investing his words with all the force of his
being, "that the driving force that will guide you safely through incarnation
is the power of the Spirit. But you will not be conscious of it as you are
here. You must try and remember to contact it within and let it flow freely
through your being. Let it flow consciously through your three bodies, spirit,
soul and physical. If you do not, the soul body may sway out of alignment with
the other two and then the channel of Spirit power will become choked and the
power distorted. Then the power is unable to flow freely and the soul and
physical bodies will be starved.
Eventually some parts of those bodies may become atrophied and illness or
disease may result. Or the brain of the soul body and later, that of the
physical body, may get sick from being insufficiently supplied with power and
thus get unbalanced. The ideas which the Spirit tries to get through will get
distorted or biased because part of the brain is not working properly. In this
way some fine spiritual ideal may be wrongly represented, inverted as it were.
The results may he terrible and very far from what the Spirit intended. Which
shows that you must not judge entirely by appearances nor condemn another
without knowing the whole circumstances. God reserves to Himself the onus of
judging and condemning, no one else is capable of doing so not being in
possession of the full facts."
Feeling that he had given his beloved children enough food for prolonged
thought, Tendor now took his leave. It was characteristic of him that he
always treated the Twins with the same respect he would have shown to an
advanced spirit. He never displayed his authority over them nor did he allow
his parenthood by adoption to become possessive.
After he had gone Michael and Ann remained in thoughtful discussion on what
he had said. For the first time the magnitude and the potentialities of the
task before them came into prominence. Then feeling that they were in need of
spiritual inspiration and refreshment they went off to a Spiritual World
concert. Though music of any kind can be 'switched on' by thought processes,
nevertheless concerts of many kinds are given which are eagerly attended. It
is only necessary to throw out one's thoughts in order to ascertain when one
is due for presentation.
This concert was held in the open, in some gardens designed for such
entertainments. After a swift approach the Twins alighted at the edge of the
flower gardens which bordered the immense amphitheatre in which the concert
was to be given and made their way through the banks of glorious blooms. These
flowers are specially selected and arranged according to their quality so that
the scents they give off bring the visitor into a suitable frame of mind for
the entertainment which is to be given. Soothed and uplifted by the lovely
scene, Michael and Ann reached their seats in the amphitheatre. At one end was
the stage for the musicians who were already tuning their instruments. Behind
them was a background of trees, surely the most magnificent drop scene that
could be devised. The foliage was dense and of a dark green with the branches
so intertwined that there was an appearance of solidity and yet there was the
knowledge that they were alive, for the gentle breeze made an almost
imperceptible movement among them.
Presently the conductor arrived and after exchanging greetings with the
orchestra and audience, began to explain the melodies he was about to present
and the symbology of their arrangement. Then he tapped with his baton and the
first work commenced.
How shall the beauty of that scene be expressed? To compare it with Earthly
music would be like comparing a Festival Hall symphony with the strummings of
a beginner. The spirit ear is attuned to a vastly wider range of sound than an
Earthly one and this fact alone makes it impossible to convey any conception
of the heights that are attainable. It is entrancing to those who have an
infinite capacity to be entranced, that is all one can say. But to the harmony
of sound is added a new delight. It is beginning to be understood on Earth
that the sound vibration of a note of music has its counterpart in colour.
There are some incarnate spirits who can see these colours and interpret them,
albeit they are a sorry representation of the original. But in the freedom of
Spirit these colour harmonies are clear and lovely to watch. In the Spirit
World the love of the Great Spirit is very near and dear to everyone, for a
Spirit knows the truth, that God is all these wonderful things that make up
the joys of existence. But nowhere is the sense of the omnipresence of God
more real than in the experience of a colour-harmony such as this, the
audience is indeed bathed in Spirit, the experience is more of a Sacrament
than an entertainment. So to Michael and Ann there came a glorious sense of
easement and at-one-ment with each other and with all other spirits, a
wonderful sense of Brotherhood, as they watched the lovely symphony of colour
playing upon the dark background of living trees in consonance with the aural
harmony of the orchestra. The lighter passages of music were represented by
darting shafts of brilliant colour while the deeper notes and more sombre
passages were seen as broader and slower moving bands of deeper shades.
Throughout this melody of colour were golden threads indicating the motif.
By means of this kaleidoscopic display of sound and colour the composer was
able to take his audience with him into unimagined heights. Through this
expressive medium he was able to interpret the meaning of Spirit as it
appeared to him, in a way that was impossible even through the free channel of
thought-transference. The language of symbology is the language of Spirit in
its highest aspect and only through artistic channels can it he expressed.
When the last sweet notes of the symphony had died away through the trees the
audience stood for a while in grateful praise of the Great Spirit for this
lovely manifestation of Himself. In conclusion they sent out a grateful
thought to composer, conductor and members of the orchestra for the part they
had played in this spiritual treat. Then they made their way out of the
crowded auditorium. There is no overcrowding in the World of Spirit. For one
thing there is no need for haste, no last bus to catch. And there is none of
that flatness which greets those who emerge into a workaday world after such a
spiritual treat as Earth can afford. Those who desire can, of course, use the
swift means of dispersal at their command and take instant flight to their
homes. But on this occasion Michael and Ann preferred to make their way slowly
out through the banks of flowers greeting friends and discussing the symbology
of the symphony they had just witnessed.
Soon after this Tendor called to explain to Michael that he proposed to
escort him to a higher plane for the purpose of making his decision regarding
his forthcoming incarnation. Michael expressed himself ready to accept this
responsibility and after certain preparations Tendor and he sat together in
Michael's study. After a prayer Tendor took both Michael's hands in his and
told him to lift his thoughts as high as he could. Michael did as he was told
and presently began to feel as if he was being drawn out of himself. He
remained thus in a semiconscious state for some little time. Then he heard
Tendor telling him to open his eyes. Immediately he found himself blinking at
the sudden increase in light. The Cosmic rays were much more intense in this
higher sphere but after a few minutes he got used to the new conditions and
began to look about him. He discovered that they were in a large building
standing under a central dome. It was of vast proportions made of stone of a
restful shade of grey-green and Michael found that gazing up into its dim
recesses was a comfort to his eyes. The walls were covered with a tracery of
design which betokened a very high degree of skill while the roof was
supported by fluted columns, the design of which accentuated the height and
grandeur of the hall.
Presently Tendor introduced him to a Professor who had come to greet them.
The newcomer looked Michael over keenly and then asked him to accompany him to
his room. Here he underwent a strange sort of examination. The Professor did
not examine his body but produced queer-looking charts which appeared to
record his progress somewhat on the lines of a horoscope. It was all quite
meaningless to Michael, nevertheless from the charts the Professor was able to
give him a clear and lucid statement of his abilities and weaknesses, the
conquests and the defeats which made up his progress to date. From the same
source the professor worked out the type of problem that was likely to face
him in accordance with his destiny and explained the course of an incarnation
that would be likely to provide the lessons he most needed. Deeply interested
Michael followed him to the end. Then he watched the other take up a sort of
tablet in which he inscribed certain symbols which, he explained, represented
the essential factors required by his incarnation. Finally, he got up and went
to the end of the room where he inserted the tablet into a slot. Then he came
back and resumed his seat.
"We shall have to wait a little while," he remarked, smiling at Michael's
puzzled expression. Then he went on to explain. "I will try and make clear
what I am doing. You must understand that every incarnating spirit is doing so
in accordance with his destiny which has been worked out for him by the Great
Spirit, the whole thing being carried out by the Lords of Karma. These are
great beings who are entrusted by God with the task of administering divine
justice. It is they who consult the Akashic Record and weigh up the progress
of each spirit and decide upon his further opportunities. They trace the
destiny of each one of us, and there is no appeal against their decision. In
accordance with that destiny each spirit is allowed free will to progress
according to his ability. So it is that you are allowed to select the manner
in which you will learn the lessons the Earth has to offer you. Your destiny
is recorded in our archives and the tablet I have just prepared will be
received by our workers and by a process of selection they will abstract an
incarnation which, according to destiny, follows a line that promises to
provide what you require. When you see that record presently you will be able
to judge whether you think you are ready to face the difficulties it offers,
if you are not, why then we will find something easier." He smiled with a
confidence that Michael found inspiring at this profound moment in his career.
"What about Ann?" Michael ventured to ask. "Will we have to be parted?"
"That depends entirely upon you," observed the Professor.
"Upon you and Ann. If you decide that you will learn your lessons to the
best advantage by incarnating together then no doubt you will do so. There is
no compulsion either way." As he spoke there was the silvery tinkle of a bell.
The Professor got up and went over to the slot whence he took what appeared
to be a roll, somewhat like the scrolls used in an automatic piano.
At his request Michael followed him out of the room and into another in
which the bright rays were much subdued. Greatly interested, he watched the
professor insert the roll into a machine he had never seen before. A moment
later a screen at the other end of the room became diffused with rays from the
machine. By manipulating certain controls the Professor caused these rays to
condense into a clearly defined picture. As Michael watched enthralled, he saw
a number of threads of different colours moving endlessly across the screen
into what might be a loom or weaving machine. On the other side of the loom
appeared a piece finished material woven in intricate pattern from the
coloured threads.
The Professor kept up a running commentary as the picture unrolled itself.
He showed Michael the thread representing the incarnation suggested for him
and to his intense relief pointed out another that might be selected by Ann.
He showed how their threads met and crossed and how other threads met and
influenced their own. Finally he came to the pattern, running the picture
through again for the purpose of explaining its meaning.
"This shows you what you should aim to accomplish during your incarnation.
Though what you actually attain may be some. thing quite different. You cannot
escape your destiny, but you are master of the manner in which you handle that
destiny and the time you take to accomplish it."
With breathless interest Michael watched the unfolding of the future. It
was a tremendous moment in his life. When the picture was ended the Professor
ran it through a third time and now Michael was able to pick out the points
where faults were indicated in the weaving of his suggested incarnation,
indicating crises which would give him opportunities for overcoming obstacles
and thus gaining a step in his evolution.
There was a final talk with the Professor, who pointed out that his
acceptance of this incarnation at this time was entirely voluntary. But
Michael was definite in his acceptance and only too eager to commence his new
experience.
The Professor smiled understandingly. "They are mostly the same, they all
want to get on with the business." He wished his visitor a happy visit to
Earth and then rose to conduct him back to the hall where Tendor awaited him.
Eager to acquaint Ann with all that had transpired, Michael was not sorry when
Tendor aided him to make the transition back to his own realm. He was fast
becoming overwhelmed by the intense light and high rate of vibration of a
sphere in which he was not equipped to dwell.
Soon Michael and Ann were alone in their house where he retailed with
infinite enjoyment the experience he had just undergone. Ann began to feel
rather miserable as she realised from the recital that her beloved was to be
taken from her for a period, into a dark tunnel which led to goodness knew
what terrible experiences. But Michael knew not fear and revelled in the
thought of what lay before him. Thrilled by what he had seen, he longed to get
to grips ,with the substance of this queer world of matter, which could be
fashioned into symbols of such portentous nature and such far-reaching
results. When the recital was over the two Twins, as if by common consent,
stood for a moment in silent meditation and allowed themselves to be caught up
in a blissful at-one-ment with the Great Spirit, an action so usual in the
Spirit World and yet so vitally renewing on every occasion. Not only did and
Ann feel that they were individually at-one with their Father but were
mutually drawn together into a state of complete unity. It seemed as if they
had indeed melted their personalities into one. It is the purest form of
attraction of male and female which we call love, manifesting in lower or
higher degree according to the plane on which it is expressed. It will be
realised that sexual attraction, as we understand the term, has no place in
the realm of Spirit, being an attribute of physical expression manifested
through the emotional body. In the higher realms the same urge manifests as a
pure expression of love, which means unity with the object loved, just as
loving God means unity or at-one-ment with Him. The realisation of this fact
throws a powerful light upon our understanding of that much abused word, love.
There is therefore a direct connection between physical desire and the pure
flame of love. But it varies in its mode of expression because of the
emotional stimulus exerted by the soul-body which is avid for the deepest form
of experience and, if its influence is allowed to operate unchecked, may drive
the individual to depths of perversion. It has truly been said that love turns
the wheels of the world, but the real power behind it is the eternal Spirit
force which emanates from God.
Soon after this Michael began to experience what he called "funny fits".
There being no illness on the Spirit plane and tiredness being easily
corrected, it was something new to him. He found that his thoughts would
suddenly and without cause become accentuated in a certain direction, or he
would lose control of them. Accustomed as he was to having complete control
over himself, he found this most disconcerting. On one occasion he and Ann
were visiting an exhibition of garments and materials in current use on Earth.
Some of these they tried on and shook with laughter at the sights they
presented, especially when the curator told them that they had got the male
and female garments mixed up. Suddenly Michael's features became convulsed and
he went a fiery red. Tearing off the garments he was wearing, he stamped on
them. Then he turned blazing eyes on Ann and - vanished.
Sorely troubled, Ann fought back the sympathetic emotion she felt and sent
out a thought ray to contact her beloved. Finding that he had gone home she
swiftly followed. He was lying exhausted upon his couch, too depleted even to
withdraw into the mists of oblivion. Anything less than radiant health was a
stranger to Ann, and in her distress she summoned the being who never failed
her. Tendor came on the instant and after a glance at Michael sensed the
trouble. Bending over the couch he placed his hands upon his forehead. Ann,
watching, could see the shafts of power and healing that passed into the body
of her beloved, rekindling the radiance within him which had become dulled. At
length the guide desisted and turned to her with a reassuring smile.
"You have no reason to worry over this event," he said; "in fact, I
expected it. It is due to the fact that he is beginning to assume his new
emotional body of which I told you. This ferment, which is merely uncontrolled
emotion, is a sign that Michael's time is rapidly approaching." He turned
again to the couch. "You, my dear son, will soon accustom yourself to this new
garment so that it does not get stretched, as it were. Do not struggle or
resist, you will only make it more difficult to assume. Just remain poised and
calm and all will be well."
"I don't like it," complained Michael, still affected by the new and
disturbing sensation.
Tendor's eyes twinkled. He did not offer any further aid.
Ann supposed that he wished to make Michael use his own will to overcome
his troubles. At length Michael made the effort and sat up. Very soon he was
his old laughing self. Tendor was obviously pleased.
"If you go on like that," he said, "you will find no difficulty in
controlling your emotions on Earth."
"It was a nasty experience," admitted Michael. "It just seemed to take hold
of me and shake me; I was quite helpless."
Ann, recovering from her alarm, observed, "It does seem a dreadful place we
are going to. I don't like this idea of not being able to control oneself."
Tendor said, "It is only dreadful to those who dread, to those who shut
Spirit out of their lives. Fear is a greedy weed which entwines itself round
the mind till the unfortunate victim comes to believe the bonds are real and
cannot be loosened. Remember that there is a lovely side to physical life. The
emotional mind which is developing in you now, together with the emotional
body, will pull both ways. Just as you may savour the deep shadows so you will
taste of the bright side of earthly life. There is family life, for instance,
you have not yet experienced the joys of mother love, the sweet love that a
mother gives to the child she bears. The early years of parenthood can be a
supreme joy. I trust that you will both be parents on Earth. Try and remember
that you are custodians of those young lives even as I am your custodian. You
must not be possessive of your children nor exact from them a loyalty you have
not earned. You may win the love of your children, you may not demand it. They
will be a sacred trust given into your care by the Great Spirit and your
treatment of them will be by way of a test of your progress. It will be for
you to guard and guide them until they are as well equipped as you can make
them to accept responsibility for themselves."
The words sent a thrill coursing through Michael's being. He had forgotten
the storm which had passed. The thought that he was about to become a man, a
begetter of men, filled his mind with longing for this new experience.
Hitherto his love for Ann had been on such a high plane that he had accepted
it as he accepted all other aspects of life. The idea of loving someone else
gave him rather a shock. He looked across at his beloved and saw that she was
regarding him thoughtfully. Afterwards she confessed that she had been
entertaining similar thoughts.
"I just couldn't think of our loving anyone else but each other," she said
simply, in the face of a great wonderment. She did not realise it but she was
face to face with one of the first fundamental lessons of her young life.
Love, to her, meant the great overwhelming at-one-ment she was conscious of in
her relation to the Great Spirit she worshipped, and it meant the bond that
held her and Michael together as one being. The thought of separation from him
was as yet unreal because she had not experienced it. There was also a deep
and abiding love she held for Tendor, the love of a child for a parent. To her
friends she gave affection, but being in the same stage of spiritual
development as herself, they made no demands upon her, they did not call forth
love. She had yet to learn how to love, how to feel at-one with all the
fellow-children of the Great Spirit, how to experience the unity of the Human
family in its larger sense. She pondered long over the problem but it seemed
there was no answer here.
The boy, become man in embryo, now felt it incumbent on himself to study
the manly pursuits of his sex. He spent long periods at the colleges reading
up stories of the great deeds of Human accomplishment, the age-old story of
man's conquests over the elements and over his fellows. The morality of the
tales rather bewildered him, but the theme of triumph over obstacles seemingly
insuperable, filled him with a welling pride. The saga filled him with a new
thirst for accomplishment and he could scarcely wait for the incarnation to
begin but must needs plague Tendor to hurry it up. But the Guide damped his
ardour by explaining that the laws of God are not to be altered at the whim of
one of His children. There could be no alteration from the destined course.
But by way of appeasement Tendor announced shortly after that he had
arranged for both the twins to visit Earth. They were both immensely excited
at the prospect. Michael especially so because of the difficulty he found in
handling his new emotional contact. At the appointed time Tendor arrived and
by means of his great power transported the three of them to a distant part of
the Spirit World. When they had alighted they saw before them a building of
severe design very unlike the beautiful buildings they were accustomed to see.
Looking round, they saw that the surroundings too, were very different, being
arid and devoid of vegetation. There was a subtle chill in the air and it was
noticeably darker.
At the door of the building an assistant in a white tunic suggestive of
laboratory work, met them and invited them to enter. As they passed through
the hall Michael's questing eyes noted strange machinery and instruments that
filled his mind with wonder and desire to know of their use. The Assistant saw
his interest and explained that this was a laboratory devoted entirely to
perfecting means of communication between the different planes of existence,
in particular with that of the Earth. After a short conversation with Tendor,
in which both used many queer technical terms that had no meaning for the
Twins, the Assistant invited the party to enter a room. When they had done so
he closed the door. Ann gave a gasp of fright, for it was pitch dark except
for the glow given off by their own radiance. Michael had experienced gloom
when he witnessed the unrolling of the scroll of his fate, but this was far
more intense and occasioned him some uneasiness. But his interested mind noted
how in this new element their bodies glowed far more brightly than ever they
did in ordinary Spirit light. The Assistant now produced some robes of a dark
material.
"I want you each to put on one of these robes, and I must warn you that we
shall be in complete darkness, for these robes will almost entirely cover up
our own light."
Obediently the Twins put on their garments, Ann at least finding the
operation distasteful. She exclaimed with dismay when she saw the bright form
of her beloved disappear within the folds of the hateful robe. But he was
seemingly enjoying the experience for she could hear him chuckling in the
darkness.
"Do not be afraid," cautioned the Assistant, "There is nothing to be afraid
of, and any display of fear might affect the vibrations and spoil the
experiment." He went on to give them some technical directions as to how to
proceed in the new environment they were about to contact. Then he offered up
a prayer to the Great Spirit to guide and guard this party which was actuated
by no desire other than to labour in His service.
Soon Michael began to feel a queer sensation in his solar plexus. The
tension increased until Tendor began to speak, when the sound of his beloved
voice relieved the tension somewhat. Presently he became aware that the light
was increasing, for he could distinguish the dim hooded figures of his
companions. Slowly the grey dawn increased until he was able to see that the
walls of the room no longer existed. He and his companions were standing in a
garden.
As his eyes became accustomed to the new light Michael felt the Assistant
touch his arm. "Come with me," said the other. He led the way to where a
figure was seated on a chair. Michael stood in wonder. Then he began to
recognize the garments the figure was wearing and realised that he was
beholding what he had so long desired to see, an incarnate soul.
"Will she mind if I go nearer?" he whispered.
The Assistant laughed. "She can neither see nor hear you, though she may
possibly sense your presence. Go close and look into her face, for that is
your Mother-to-be."
The words sent a thrill through Michael's heart. Before him was the object
of all the secret longings of his heart. He was to be her son, born of her
body; would he be the beloved of her heart? Unable to rid himself of the idea
that he must be visible to the lady who already occupied such an important
place in his mind, he crept forward and peered into the face of the woman who
was sitting so quietly knitting. At first sight he had rather a shock, for she
appeared to him as intensely ugly. Then he remembered that he had always found
pictures of Human beings to be crude and ugly to eyes which had only beheld
beauty. For all spirits are intrinsically beautiful, they are not subject to
the imperfections of the Human form. Michael continued his inspection and
noted that his destined mother had good colour in her aura, for he was
knowledgeable in such matters. There appeared to be no unnatural colouring or
uneven radiance which indicated health and even temperament and the absence of
evil or ultra-selfish thoughts.
His scrutiny ended, he looked up and round him with eager gaze. Without a
doubt this was the house into which he was to be 'born', and this garden in
which he stood would be his first playground. He would have liked to linger
there absorbing this new and delightful sensation, but the Assistant was at
his elbow and he knew he would have to go.
"We may not linger here," said the Assistant, "we are using up the power
and we have another visit to make."
Michael found himself back in the dark room once more and the garden faded
out of sight. While he was yet turning over in his mind what he had seen he
noted that it was becoming light again. This time it was a room they were in
and the Assistant gave his attention to Ann. Michael stepped forward and found
himself in a long room, furnished most strangely to his mind. There were so
many things in it that he became lost in wonder as to what could be their
possible use. In material fact it was a drawing-room over-furnished in
Victorian style. It was apparently the home of a family which still clung to
the old life and the old things.
As Michael's eyes roamed round the room they were arrested by the sight of
a woman, little more than a girl, standing at the far end. Something in her
attitude made him stare in growing astonishment. To his untutored mind her
features were plain and homely, yet they were distinctly familiar to him. He
recognized that the clothes she wore were of the kind affected by the Earth
folk. Then the girl turned her head towards him and he realised with a shock
that it was his own beloved Ann. Why, he wondered, had she chosen to dress
herself up in those queer unsightly garments, and why was she wearing the mask
of physical features?
The voice of Tendor broke in upon his thoughts. "That is your Ann as you
will see her when you first meet her on Earth."
For a moment Michael was crestfallen. He didn't like his Ann dressed up in
this way; it was unfair to him and to her. Then he recollected that his dear
one was merely inhabiting that dull form; she had not really changed for the
worse. He laughed, and the act seemed to break the vision, for first of all
Ann disappeared and then he felt himself being drawn back into the darkness.
The return journey was similar to the outward one, but in reverse. After
removing the dark cloaks, the party stepped out of the dark room into the
brightness of the world they knew. Back in their own home Michael begged
Tendor to explain the mystery of his vision of Ann in earthly guise.
"It was a little trick we played with this strange element called time,"
explained Tendor. "Ann was permitted, for a moment, to project herself into
the future and show herself as she will be when you both meet for the first
time in incarnate life."
"Then we are going to incarnate together," exclaimed Ann, an intense
'relief in her voice.
Tendor nodded gravely. "It is written that you shall. But when your turn
comes it will rest with you whether you accept the incarnation."
"Oh, I shall, I shall," she averred. Then she turned mischievously
twinkling eyes on Michael. "What did you think of me?"
Michael replied with youthful candour. "I thought you were terribly ugly.
So was my mother."
Ann was rather taken aback, when Tendor broke in. "You, too, will be ugly,
my son. All incarnating spirits have to inhabit bodies designed to cope with
the conditions on Earth. To the mind of Spirit, which responds to something
nearer perfection, those bodies are not beautiful, either in form or grace.
But without them you could not deal with the climatic and other conditions of
Earth."
"It seemed to me that I had become someone else." exclaimed Ann. “It was a
most curious condition. I knew it was myself inside the body, but I seemed to
be shut in and unable to do anything I wanted. I wanted to take a lot of
notice of the things I saw around me, but my mind sort of took it all as
natural and wouldn't show any interest."
Tendor explained. "That is because you were not fully in occupation of a
Human body but only a thought-form of the body that will some day be built for
you. You saw the things around you clairvoyantly, but you couldn't express
your thoughts about them because you were hemmed in by the mind of the body
you were in. You haven't learned how to use that yet."
"I am not sure that I understand all that," laughed Ann. "I Shall have to
read it all up at the university."
Michael now became more than ever anxious for the great experiment to
commence. Tend or had explained that he would have to enter a clinic for the
final period before his physical birth. This period was to correspond to the
period of Human gestation and was made necessary by the strain imposed upon
the incarnating spirit at this time. For himself he did not care, but he was
still a little resentful that his beloved Ann was to appear so much less
beautiful than she really was. As time went on Ann noticed that she was
becoming depleted, she no longer had the happy thoughts which had made their
joint lives so delightful, her light was definitely becoming dim. In order to
discover the reason she went into meditative retreat in her room and on
returning to consciousness found that she had been allowing herself to worry
over the impending separation. With the aid of the ever-present spiritual
power she made the effort and overcame the temptation to imagine herself to be
upset, and thus gained her first victory over the self she was beginning to
assume in preparation for her own incarnation.
There was one other puzzlement which she was not so successful in
combating. Both she and Michael were aware of something new in their
relations. She would sometimes find Michael looking at her with an expression
in his eyes that was strange and rather disturbing. There was something
strange about him, too, causing a new sensation to rise within her. As a
result a gulf widened between them which promised to separate them even before
the inevitable fact. Ann made an appeal to Tendor for an explanation. He
readily gave it, pointing out that it was entirely illusory, for nothing could
separate them in reality. It was part of the price to be paid for incarnation,
being due to a fundamental difference between the sexes which had to be
assumed with the emotional body.
It soon became time to make the final preparations for Michael's departure
to the Clinic, but just before the event Tendor appeared to announce that he
was able to take the Twins on a visit to a higher sphere. He would not explain
the object of the visit but gave instructions regarding certain purifying
ceremonies and the preparation of special robes.
At the appointed time Tendor joined them and they sat together in the
central room of the house. He explained that they were about to visit a very
high plane of existence and would have to leave their present bodies in order
to do so. He instructed them how to sit in meditation, concentrating on a
certain vision he presented to their mind's eye.
Michael felt himself wonderfully uplifted and then slowly lost
consciousness. He awoke to find himself standing on a lawn of velvety grass.
He felt unusually light and volatile, and he noticed that his robes were of an
unusual brightness. Beside him were Tendor and Ann, equally resplendent. As he
looked round he saw that everything was of a brightness and vivid vitality he
could not remember having seen before. Tendor led the way in the wake of other
spirits as brightly arrayed as themselves. Finally they reached a Temple of
such splendour as to be quite incomprehensible to Earthly minds. The Temple
was no stone structure, cold and impersonal, for it was composed of living
trees planted in rows so that they arched majestically to form a vast arboreal
nave greater than that of any Earthly cathedral. At one end was a stone altar
on which was a Spirit light that glowed and radiated. The peace and beauty of
the scene were such that Ann gave a little gasp of wonder.
"Oh, isn't it lovely," she exclaimed. Then her voice was hushed as a
heavenly orchestra began to play and the tone-rays lit up the whole interior
with their symphonic interplay. The party took their seats at the direction of
one of the attendants. Presently the music ceased and Tendor explained what
was about to take place.
"We are about to experience a great privilege. It is the custom, before
spirits incarnate, for them to meet the Master in Person. Now that you two,
and these others here, are acquiring stronger personalities, it is the
Master's wish that you should meet Him in His Personality so that the memory
may abide with you and form a source of inspiration to you in times of trial
and difficulty. It is a form of Initiation."
As he spoke the music began again and presently a great stillness and
feeling of peace stole over the assembly, broken only by the soft strains of
the music and the gently weaving colours. Presently the tempo changed and the
colour theme became predominantly silver-blue.
"The Master's Ray," murmured Tendor.
The music was now vibrant with a new life, and its motif was the song of a
bird that is pouring out its heart in joyous praise of the spring sunshine. It
was a symphony of pure love that called forth a corresponding emotion from the
spirits gathered there. Everyone felt instinctively that He was coming. The
part of the Temple near the altar glowed with silver-blue light and then He
appeared. From the depths of the trees He came, alone and radiating the
peculiar vibration of love that He alone can give out, lifting them all up
into a wealth of joy and gladness they had not believed possible. He was
smiling and it seemed to each one that His special regard reached out for that
one individually.
Michael's heart leapt when he saw Him first. “Why I know Him," he cried
exultingly to himself. He felt sure that he knew this radiant Being as one who
had a part in his life. He had no conscious memory of having seen Him before,
it was rather that the Master was familiar to him through the beauty of the
landscape, through the scent of the flowers, through the very power that
vitalised the atmosphere. Surely the Master had managed to weave His
Personality into the very fabric of existence; it was impossible to regard Him
as a stranger.
The Master began to address the assembly. There are no words in which to
describe the wonder of that voice. It was rich and full and vibrated with such
compelling power that its cadences carried the people away into a joy
unspeakable.
"My children, soon you are going to fold your brightness and creep into the
environment of birth, deep into the life of Earth which my Father has made my
particular care."
He went on to tell them of His own visits to Earth from time to time and
what He had accomplished there. He told them of the blindness and ignorance
that had spread over the face of the Earth till the people were lost in
illusions which had become so concrete that few were able to break out of
their self-imprisonment. He explained how their selfish thoughts, generation
after generation of them, had formed a mist so dense that it was difficult to
make contact with them and generate the spiritual power needed for their
awakening to a knowledge of the Truth. He pleaded with those about to
incarnate to strive to carry with them a memory of their divine origin and
their ability to spread the knowledge of the glorious and inevitable destiny
of mankind among the needlessly suffering peoples of the Earth.
"The children of God walk in the darkness of their own ignorance," He said,
with an intensity of feeling that affected all His listeners. "They are so
immersed in the selfishness and greed accumulated down the years that they no
longer look to my Father for help, they no longer draw on the only Source that
can give them help. They seek to solve their problems by the light of Earthly
wisdom, and in that they cannot hope to succeed. The evil of ignorance is too
strong to be overcome without the aid of the Spirit. My Father did not create
evil; it was His wish that Earth should be a place of happy experience in
which His children might learn to know themselves. Evil is made by man when he
uses his free will selfishly, producing that which will harm his fellow-men.
And it can only be transmuted by good, by the good of the Great Spirit which
is the Father of us all. Century by century man has accumulated evil till it
mounts up into a great insurmountable obstacle. Only by the power of God can
that obstacle be removed, and only at the earnest desire of man can that power
be unleashed. That is my Father's just law."
He paused. Then His voice rang out, full and deep and strong. "Remember the
Divine Obligation of God. He gave you life, you are part of Him. Because that
which is His cannot die, cannot become lost, therefore He must redeem you in
the end. You can have no life apart from Him and He is incomplete without you.
You and I and my Father are One!"
There was a silence, deep and overpowering; the very atmosphere was
surcharged with dynamic power which swept in great waves over the assembly.
There was not one present who did not feel that those words of living truth
were stamped upon the core of his being.
"It is my 'Father's Will and Law," the Master continued, "that His children
should learn their lesson of incarnation, and in the doing redeem that which
has been wrongly created on Earth. Do not condemn these for their evil, their
ignorance, for condemnation is my Father's work, not yours. A great period of
Earthly manifestation is drawing to a close and a new and greater era opens
out before you who are to incarnate at this time. Go forth now and you will
find opportunity opening out before you as a flower opens to the sun. You take
with you my Father's precious gift of free will. Use that gift to labour with
me as I work to bring my Father's Light to the people of Earth. Take heed lest
you find yourselves caught in the web of selfish desire, the sparkling tinsel
illusions which lure my beloved ones from their quest of the real gems. Keep
your eyes fixed, on the jewels from my Father's casket, the jewels of love and
service, of tolerance and sacrifice.
"Already you have begun to assume that cloak of protection in which my
Father wraps His children that they may not be burned too severely by the
fires of experience. Guard well this soul body for it is vulnerable and its
brightness is easily dimmed. Yet remember that without it you could not
fulfill your destiny."
Now He allowed His gaze to travel round the assembly and it seemed to
everyone there that He had a special regard for each. "I shall be with you
always. 1 shall never leave you. Take you my hand and we will overcome
together. Call to me and 1 will help you. Think not that you call to empty
space when I cannot speak into those physical ears; My voice would shatter
them. The eyes of Earth cannot behold Me as I am, for I should blind them.
When you need My help come to Me by way of the Spirit, meet Me on the ground
where I can and will help you over the obstacles that strew your path. But if
we are to meet in this way the channel by which we can reach each other must
be kept clear. Do not let it become blocked by foolish thoughts, by lack of
faith in the reality of Spirit. Keep the channel clear that I may bring you
the gifts of the Great Spirit, the health, wealth and happiness for which you
will crave. I shall bring with Me. too, fresh duties, new work for you to do,
new opportunities for doing it. Keep, therefore, these three bodies of yours,
spirit, soul and physical, in as perfect condition as you can, make them serve
you as your feet serve you, but care for them as you care for the members that
carry you step by step. Do not punish them for they are loyal workers of the
Spirit, love them as you love those that serve you well. Then shall you be
lighthouses in the darkness, beacons of power that nothing may harm, and every
step that you take shall be a benediction. You shall be worthy tools for My
Father to use that the land of Earth may be tilled and the seeds of knowledge
and wisdom broadcast upon its surface.
"My children, 1 am conscious only of My Father's Will. Be you only
conscious of that guiding star within you, that Light which must ever burn
within your heart, part of the God who made you, an ever-living promise that
must be redeemed."
When He had finished speaking He moved about among those present, and as He
approached each one, he or she felt drawn by the power of those gentle yet
commanding eyes into a feeling of at-one-ment with this glorious Being, who
was so great and yet so humble, so inspiring and yet so approachable, so ready
to help those who would let Him. When He came to Michael he gazed into the
Master's eyes, so strange and penetrating that they seemed to look right into
his heart, yet so loving and tender that they sent a thrill of joy and
gladness through his whole being. In the intensity of that benediction he felt
himself welded to this great Exemplar in service. He felt that there could be
nothing he could not accomplish for His sake.
None could say that they saw Him go. It seemed to Michael that He had not
gone at all. The memory of Him lingered when the silver-blue light had faded
and the music increased in volume and then burst into such a paean of praise
and worship of the Great Spirit that the whole temple became one glorious
crescendo of colour and sound.
They all prayed. That is to say, they stood, uplifted into the
consciousness of the Great Spirit, and Michael and Ann found the nearness of
God to be even more imminent here than on their own plane. They did not utter
words, they did not express themselves through the spirit language of thought,
for God does not need such forms of address. They simply let their own
consciousness open out so that the divine spark within them became One with
its divine Parent. It was a moment of deepest ecstasy, beyond compare, for it
was of the peace that truly passes understanding.
Michael and Ann came to in their own room. Tendor had disappeared. It took
them some little time to recall all that had occurred.
At length Michael looked thoughtfully across at Ann. "Well, we cannot fail
after that."
"I am not so sure," said Ann. "If the Master had not known how easy it is
to fail I do not think He would have been so insistent on the necessity to
strive with all one's might."
Michael sprang to his feet, charged with a sudden access of emotion. "We
cannot fail," he cried; "oh, how could we possibly fail? Look at what He told
us. Think of the power that we can summon to our aid. We have only to keep the
channel clear, as He said."
But Ann could not rid herself of an uneasy doubt that a great test lay
ahead of them. Yet she could not help basking in the warmth of that great love
which still seemed to wrap her about. And she felt, too, that this
bewilderingly happy event had drawn Michael and herself closer together. For
did they not share a tremendous secret, did they not share a common task? And
behind it all was that wondrous thought that some time, whatever happened,
reunion with each other was inevitable, to be followed by a move forward into
that eternal Love of which they had had but a glimpse through the eyes of the
Master.
The final preparations for Michael's departure were soon made, and at
length came the warning for which they had waited. Together Michael and Ann
made a last tour of the garden in which they had toiled so hard. Michael gave
a few last-moment instructions as to certain minor changes he had had in mind.
Ann agreed, trying to keep this strange new sense of emotion in hand. It was
almost with relief that they became aware of the near approach of their Guide.
They looked at each other helplessly, for they did not know how to say
goodbye. This new and potent expression of their mutual love was proving
difficult to handle. Then with a tender boyish smile Michael took her hands in
his. "I have been learning how to say goodbye in the Earthly way," he said,
rather self-consciously. And clumsily, for it was a physical gesture alien to
the Spirit World, he put his arms around her and drew her to him. Then he
kissed her on the lips.
Wonderingly, Ann returned the greeting. Her eyes were shining, for she
found the emotional stimulus exciting. Never had Michael paid her such a
tribute as this, little though she understood the import of the symbol. She
took hold of his hands and held them as if she would never let them go. Then,
in a sudden and inexplicable desire to make a sacrifice she pushed his hands
back to his breast and released them. At that moment Tendor appeared at her
side. He took in the situation at a glance.
"Do not let this new emotion blind you to the truth," he said.
"This separation is partly an illusion. You will not be really apart. When
Michael has incarnated he will be able to come over here and rejoin you while
his physical body sleeps."
The journey that Tendor and Michael took was soon accomplished, and the two
found themselves in the same district whence they had paid their previous
visit to Earth. But the building they now entered had a more homely appearance
than the laboratory. The staff appeared to consist mainly of women who wore
the garb of spirit nurses. But presently a doctor appeared and to him Tendor
gave Michael in charge. Then he took his leave.
"Here we must part, my son," he said. "I know that you will be in excellent
hands and you will find it easier to accomplish your mission successfully if
you remain undistracted by thoughts of your old environment." He regarded
Michael gravely, giving no hint of his feelings. But he was well aware that
the work of countless years of striving was about to be put to the test. While
incarnation is the lowest point on the arc of man's journey through the
Universe, it is also the crowning achievement. It is here that the finest
opportunity of forging character is presented, it is in the crucible of the
material experience that the character is refined and the dross eliminated,
providing only that the spirit is strong enough to face up to the task. At no
other stage in the spiritual career is this longed-for victory over self so
easy to attain, for the reason that nowhere else is it necessary to exert so
much effort to overcome, and it is this expenditure of effort which gives the
achievement its real value. It is this fact more than any other which impels a
spirit to undergo incarnation more than once.
Tendor knew that, for the time being, his guardianship must be relaxed. His
children must now learn to stand alone, this child of his heart must face his
own destiny and encompass his own future without direct aid. By carrying the
burden of personal responsibility he would find the key to progress. With a
final blessing he left Michael with his new friends.
For a while Michael was afflicted with nostalgia owing to his separation
from Ann. He knew that he had only to will himself back in the house with her
and the desire would become fact. But he knew, too, that such a course would
wreck his chance of assuming the incarnation he had selected. As time went on
he found that resistance to the desire lessened its pull and he threw himself
into a study of the problems that arose in connection with the clinic with a
whole-hearted interest. He liked his doctor and found the nurses charming and
helpful. He was allowed to· wander at will through the wards and grounds, and
he was surprised to find what a complicated business was this approach to
physical birth. There were lectures to attend where much was explained to him.
He learned that a successful culmination was dependent on several factors.
Chief among these was the fact that it is a co-operative business between
mother and child. It is essential for the expectant mother to keep in as fine
a state of health as possible and to care for her body at this time. He also
found to his surprise that he himself could exercise a considerable effect on
the embryo body which was being built for his use. He was required to
concentrate at stated periods on this aspect alone, to direct his thought on
the perfection of physique and the correct assimilation of atomic substance
into the tiny form. Examples were shown of the difficulties encountered where
the mother-to-be was careless of her role, or who resisted the idea of
motherhood either through fear or lack of desire. Even worse was the situation
to be dealt with where there was severe physical illness or a body whose
etheric envelope was distorted by narcotics or other abuses. In these cases
the incarnating spirit had a very trying experience, usually being prostrated
throughout the period of gestation. Sometimes the attempt had to be abandoned
because the mother-to-be so ill-used her mortal body. The unfortunate spirit
struggled to the last to incarnate with the object of establishing even a
brief acquaintanceship with physical life; in the event of failure it was
forced to relinquish its hold upon the embryo body and slip back into Spirit
life once more. The whole process of selection and preparation then had to be
repeated.
It was usually the case, Michael found, where difficulties were most
severe, that the spirit had deliberately accepted the risks, knowing that by
overcoming them he would progress so much the faster.
As time went on he began to feel the magnetic pull of Earth. It began to
manifest as a downward attraction from the feet, much the same as the pull of
gravity, except that he was more conscious of it. It was hardly perceptible at
first, but as time went on it increased to an uncomfortable extent. He
realised that the use of such a clinic as this was almost imperative if
distress was to be avoided. He was relieved to hear from his doctor that in
his case a perfectly normal birth was anticipated, for his mother was a
spiritually minded woman and the thought of his coming was a source of delight
to both parents. Michael thought sympathetically of the unfortunate spirits
around him, many of whom were already aware that they were unwelcome visitors
in the family circle awaiting them, that they had a poor chance of
experiencing the love they so longed to feel.
"If only the people of Earth would realise," the doctor explained, "what
depends on their attitude to parenthood, it would make the whole affair so
much safer and easier in both worlds."
"What conditions would you consider the best for an ideal birth?" asked
Michael.
"Why, I should say that physical health and a well cared-for body are the
first essentials. Next comes the desire to have a child and lack of anxiety
about the trials of physical birth. Without these there is bound to be
sub-conscious resistance to the event which will hamper our efforts and react
on the child. But transcending all these in ultimate importance is the
desirability of the Would-be parents having developed a spiritual outlook. If
they view marriage as a supreme gift from God in that it gives them the
opportunity to perpetuate themselves in accordance with His will, and if they
approach Him with love in their hearts and a request that their bodies may be
used in His service, then I am convinced that a happy birth is almost
inevitable, and, moreover, the incarnating spirit will be one of high
spiritual development with great ideals of service. But so deep is the
ignorance on Earth that seldom is such a state of affairs obtainable."
Michael was allowed to be present at several cases where the birth was
finally accomplished. Most of these were normal, successful affairs, but there
were some where the dictates of destiny interfered. At first he was terribly
distressed to see spirits depart into physical life with crippled limbs or
lacking the use of one of the senses, such as sight. The doctor pointed out
that in most cases it was pure destiny, though sometimes it was due to
inherent causes which could have been prevented by the parents.
"These questions of ignorance and destiny are so bound up together," he
said, “that it is difficult to see where the dividing line is. But we have to
realise that the spirit has selected that condition and hopes to profit by the
fact. That is all that we can concern ourselves with here, but we do know that
it is the plan of all workers to foster a return to better conditions, that is
the object in view. These bad conditions are certainly used by spirits who
have elected to try and set right something of their own karma by this means,
but that is no excuse for their continuance. We must all work to improve the
conditions, otherwise we are simply contributing to a vicious circle."
The Earth attraction was now becoming so strong that Michael found it
better to keep to his couch. More and more his thoughts were bound down to the
Earth level. His favourite nurse spent much time with him and promised that
she would stay with him until the transition was complete.
The Doctor made a final examination and expressed himself as satisfied. He
gave Michael some final advice.
"You must remember that in the first stages of your Earthly life you will
not be able to manifest very freely. Your growth into manhood will be in three
stages. From birth to the age of seven years your spirit will only indirectly
influence your mortal life; at the age of seven you will take a step forward
and the etheric coalescence of your soul and physical bodies will become more
marked. That will enable you to manifest more positively. At the age of
fourteen you will take another step forward, into the difficult age of
adolescence. At this stage your emotional body will become stronger and will
require careful control. Finally, at the age of twenty-one, you will be able
to draw fully upon Spirit power and commence to manifest to the highest
spiritual degree that you are able."
Soon after the doctor's visit Michael began to lose some of his
consciousness. He was only partially aware of what was going on around him
except that from time to time his nurse would bend over him and smile
confidently at him. Gradually the room got darker, the nurse took tight hold
of his hand. The pull at his feet became almost intolerable, he felt he must
be dragged off his couch. He heard the nurse telling him to let go mentally,
not to cling to his present state. He felt himself slipping, there was a
rushing sound in his ears, then complete darkness and swift oblivion ....
* * * * * * * * * *
Somewhere in the house a door opened and shut. Footsteps began to descend
the stairs slowly, terribly slowly to the man who was seated in the study
below. The footsteps completed the descent and came to the door where they
halted for what seemed to the man who awaited their advent, an eternity. He
rose impatiently and was about to call out when the door handle turned and the
doctor entered.
"Well, Mr. Blair," announced the doctor, a trifle pompously, "I have some
very good news for you." He smiled benignly.
The man who faced him relaxed slightly. Then he burst out, "Well, what is
it? Don't keep me in suspense."
But the doctor was not to be denied his moment. His smile, however, became
a little more understanding and he bent his head to gaze at the other over his
glasses.
"You are a proud father, Mr. Blair, and both your wife and the child are
doing well."
Mr. Blair sank back into his chair, overcome by the anticlimax to his weary
vigil. His eyes asked one more question.
"A son, my friend, a fine boy," beamed the doctor. "Have you thought what
you are going to call him?"
Mr. Blair was of that school which considers it to be tempting Providence
to name a child as yet unborn. Now he searched his mind. He had no notion how
the name came into his mind, but without a moment's hesitation he replied,
"Michael, that shall be his name."
Part 2: INCARNATION
The Youth
Robert Blair was a miller at heart as well as in fact. He had been born in
the shadow of the old mill, and the sound of its great throbbing heart was his
first conscious memory. It had been built by his grandfather and carried on by
his father, both of them men of acute business instinct and frugal habits. It
was natural, therefore, that he should regard the business as a family affair
with corresponding obligations.
When he married Mary Wontner, spinster of the same parish, he made it
reasonably clear that he expected a son to carry on the business, perhaps two
for good measure. He only got one, and then after some years of anxious
expectation, but he was prepared to admit that Mary had clinched the deal in a
satisfactory manner and left him no ground for complaint.
In all his life he had rarely left the little town of Belchester. He had at
least a nodding acquaintance with most of its inhabitants and knew quite a
deal of their family history, as is the way in these small communities. Mary,
on the other hand, was counted a stranger in Belchester, for her family had
come to the town when she was five. She had been brought up by a code which
demands rigid obedience to certain rules of life, beyond which little is
expected but a passive acquiescence in whatever fortune is doled out by fate.
She knew that attendance at chapel admitted of few excuses; cleanliness of the
home was as important as the wearing of the Sunday best; she respected the
sanctity of the clothes line of a Sunday; and she brought to her husband
unquestioning obedience in certain defined matters. Apart from these
conventions she was free to drift along with her neighbours in the current of
respectability.
Outwardly she did so. Inwardly she was sensitive under the seeming
placidity. There were intimate moments with her son, whom she adored and
completely failed to understand, that revealed depths of spirituality which
had never seen the light of external expression. One of the jewels that never
leaves its case.
On this sunny morning in May, one of those mornings that seem to have
slipped out of August by mistake, the Blair parents were awaiting the return
of their son from the grand university in London where he had just completed
his education. Blair himself was over in his office, pretending to be extra
busy, but in reality having little better to do than whistle to himself and
gaze out of the window down the road along which Nesbitt's noisy old car would
presently bring his son. He glanced at his watch, got up and went over to the
old mirror on the wall and studied his reflection. He was proud of his fifty
odd years, though he was getting nearer to sixty than he liked to admit. He
thrust out a determined chin as he glanced up at the greying hair. He turned
to look through the window at the mill which made up his life and which,
indirectly, had made him. The rhythm of its ancient machinery was in his
blood, it regulated his thoughts, his ideas, which came and went in consonance
with the thud-thud of the great driving wheel and the relentless, ever-greedy
maw of the hopper.
Not old yet, thudded his thoughts, not old yet. But it's time the youngster
took a hand; there's a deal that can't be learned all at once about milling. A
nice little business to take over, too, when the time came. He patted the
pocket in which he kept his note-case as if to assure himself of the
permanence of its integrity, then went out of the door and across the yard to
the house.
Just as he rounded the building Nesbitt's car wheezed up to the gate. The
front door opened and Mary appeared on the step, her face beaming and shining
like a polished apple. A youthful figure leapt out of the car and began
dragging an assortment of battered suitcases, sports gear and sundry parcels
on to the pavement.
Born in a hurry was Michael, smiled Mary to herself proudly.
She found herself almost swept off her feet as her tall son charged upon
her and gathered her up in an armful of bag and baggage. Then it was father's
turn. Dropping everything, Michael grasped his father's hands with his own,
shooting breathless greetings at him, none of which made much sense. Michael
was home.
The boy had come tumbling into Mary's life at a time when she was beginning
to fear that she might be childless. And although she loved him intensely she
had always been just a little afraid of this hectic creature who grew so
rapidly, both in mind as well as body, so that she felt left behind early in
the race. She had never caught up with him again. They loved each other, that
was never in doubt. But apart from those lovely intimate moments which were
becoming fewer as the years drew him from her, there seemed a gulf between
them, a mental gulf which she felt incapable of bridging. She put it down to
her own ignorance, for in her day there was little to inspire in the teaching
that the little school in Timm's Road had to offer. AI\d now he seemed further
away than ever, for was he not a graduate of the grand big school they called
a university? As she watched the boy empty the car of his possessions her
thoughts went back to that bewildering day when Robert had taken her to London
and to the great mass of buildings in which her son had acquired all this
knowledge. She could remember little of it but the rooms where he lived and
the woman who looked after him. These had met her critical scrutiny.
She turned to follow him as he went charging into the house sniffing into
odd cupboards, like a dog that remembers the bones he has buried, and she
found herself wondering whether he would ever settle down to the humdrum life
that management of the mill had to offer.
"It's grand to be home, mother," he cried as he met her at the top of the
stairs, his arms full of gear.
"It's fine to have you, boy," she gave him back, her eyes shining like a
maiden's.
He bent over to kiss her and then staggered off to his room with his load,
while she went blushingly down the stairs to get the meal she had planned for
so long a while.
Alone in his room, Michael kicked the door to with his foot and heaved his
burden on to the bed. Then he went to the open window and leant out to survey
the familiar scene. The mill, which had seemed so big and important and noisy
when he was a little chap, had shrunk more than ever. The thud of its busy
heart had assumed a minor key since his acquaintance with the great city and
all the marvels it held.
Funny old-fashioned outfit, he reflected, and Dad would like to tie me down
to those wheels so that I would go round and around for ever and ever, amen.
He turned in the other direction, towards London. It was the rhythm of that
great heart that stirred his pulse rather than this familiar thud. From early
youth he had been conscious of an insistent desire to get to grips with life.
He felt that deep within its mysteries there was something for him, something
he wanted to know. He knew that he would not find what he sought in
Belchester. He began to hum some half-forgotten melody as he turned back into
the room.
At supper that evening Michael found himself pressed to tell of his life at
the university. Robert Blair had paid what he considered a mint of money for
the privilege of sending his son to be educated there, and incidentally
proudly telling his friends about it, and he felt that it was only due to him
that he should share vicariously in his son's success. As he listened, his
mind toyed with the idea of testing the boy's views on his future, here and
now. But he put the notion aside resolutely. That question would have to be
discussed in the sanctuary of the office, and perhaps, yes why not? celebrated
in a glass of the old sherry he and his forebears had laid down for the
sealing of important deals.
Mary Blair's mind was in a tumult. There was so much she wanted to ask
Michael, all the intimate and domestic details that her motherly heart craved
to know. But Michael had got on to industrial problems, a subject in which he
had specialised. Dull and boring she thought them as the boy discoursed on
technicalities that he rolled round his tongue with the relish of a
connoisseur for his favourite wine. Robert Blair began to feel uneasy. Michael
seemed to be getting away from familiar ground. All this talk of production
technique made him acutely conscious of how small the family business must
appear in Michael's eyes. He cleared his throat noisily, and that seemed to
cut across his son's talk. For a while there was silence until a question from
his mother roused Michael to laughter.
"Did you meet any nice ladies where you were?"
"Mother, you old dear, you are a marvel. They don't have nice ladies
nowadays; they've all become beloved mothers like you or else they are sour
old spins. The young 'uns would scream with laughter if you called them
ladies."
Mary felt rather shocked and her eyes said so. Michael leaned forward and
put his hand confidingly over hers. "I know what you want to know, mother
mine. You want to know if some bold, bad creature has stolen my heart away and
left none for you. Well, you needn't worry. I haven't met any girl I care two
hoots for, so far."
And as that was the answer she wanted, Mary was satisfied and content to
bask for the rest of the evening in the radiance of this her son, while he and
his father went over local gossip.
For the first few days after his return Michael roamed the neighbourhood of
his home, picking up old threads, greeting old friends, visiting old haunts,
some of them with poignant memories of boyhood's joys and alarms. He went into
the mill and tried to feel impressed with the minor improvements that his
father pointed out. There was nothing here to satisfy his growing instinct for
industrial problems, it was all too pitifully inadequate. He talked with Josh
Clark, the grim, narrow old foreman, and asked after his daughter Vera. Vera
and he had grown up together, played and quarrelled together. Then as
adolescence approached they had drifted apart, following diverging interests.
During recent brief homecomings he had seen little of the girl. He recollected
that she must be nineteen now, for she was two years his junior.
As the days drifted by Michael felt a growing uneasiness at the prospect of
the interview which was impending. There was no longer any doubt as to the
wishes of Blair senior. He didn't want to hurt the old man's feelings but the
thought of burying himself in this old backwater for life just couldn't be
entertained. If only the old chap wouldn't make such a religion of the
inheritance business. It would be so simple to get a decent manager in when
his father was unable to do the work himself. Why, Josh could do it on his
head.
One morning he swung out of the garden gate and almost bumped into a girl.
"Oh, I'm ... ," he began, then, "why, if it isn't Vera! Well, how are you?"
The abruptness of their encounter robbed them of any shyness they might
have displayed, and Vera curved her red lips in a dazzling smile.
"I heard you were back, Michael. Seems a long time you've been away."
They exchanged platitudes and discussed mutual friends in the way people do
who come back fresh to an old friendship. Michael dropped into step beside the
girl. He glanced now and again at her and wondered at the way in which the
child had become the young woman. Vera was a pretty girl despite the cheap
cosmetics and the too brazen curls and the cheap but colourful costume. But
she wore these with an air which deceived Michael, to whom the veneer of
assurance gave an impression of character.
He told her of his life in London and something of his ambitions, and the
recital was obviously of absorbing interest to her. She questioned him
shrewdly.
"I suppose you'll soon be off on your travels again, then," she queried. "I
can't see you settling down at the mill." She had always known Michael to be
headstrong, but she realised that his impetuosity was likely to run away with
him. It would take a strong-minded woman to hold him.
Michael laughed, with the clean joy of a future flung out before him. "What
do you think? I don't see myself being buried here." As an afterthought he
added, "Don't you ever want to get out of this place?"
She turned a dazzling pair of eyes on him as she replied, "Guess it depends
on where I was going." With which enigmatical remark she smiled a good-bye to
him and turned in at her own gate.
They saw a good deal of each other after that. It seemed that Vera had
frequent messages for her father at the mill. Robert Blair used to watch her
trotting in at the gate and he would smile understandingly. Nothing would have
delighted him more than to see Michael married to the daughter of his foreman.
Mary was more farseeing, she knew that there was little room in Michael's mind
for thoughts of matrimony at the present time.
In the end it was Michael who brought the interview with his father to a
head. He had met Vera in the yard and they had stood talking for a
considerable time. When she went, Michael entered his father's office. Robert
Blair smiled a genial greeting at him. "Well, my lad, 'tis a pretty lass the
girl has become. You might do a deal worse." He chuckled and rubbed his hands
together.
Michael gave a half laugh. "Why, dad, I'm not going to marry Vera, or
anyone. I can't keep myself yet, much less a wife."
His father laughed heartily and rubbed his hands the more.
"Oh, no, of course not. Plenty of time for that, plenty of time for that."
Then his features grew grave. "I've been wanting a talk with you, my boy.
About time we settled your future. You'll be wanting to come into the
business, of course." He glanced keenly at his son as he spoke.
Michael bit his lip. So it had come. Well, it had to come some time, best
get it over. He looked up at his father. "Why, dad, you've no cause to think
of getting out of the business for a good many years yet, and there isn't work
for two of us. And besides, I have it in mind to go into business with a
friend in North London. It's a new patent for using plastics. I believe there
is a great future in it."
Robert Blair frowned and looked down at the blotter in front of him. The
disappointment had been a shock to him.
"I'm not so young as I was, Michael. And I don't think you realise how much
there is to be learned in a business like this. It took a long time to build
it up and it isn't all plain sailing. There's three of us been in it now and
none of us found it other than a man's full labour and more. Besides," he went
on hesitatingly, "I have ideas for improving the mill, expanding it, bringing
it more up-to-date like. I thought that you and I ... "
"I'm sorry, dad. I know it'll be a disappointment to you. But I've got my
own life to live and I think it is up to all of us to try and live our lives
as we feel we were meant to. I could never do justice to my training here. I
feel that I must strike out on my own."
There was a silence for a while. Then Robert Blair replied, mouthing his
words to keep back his feelings. "I'm sorry you should find the old mill isn't
good enough for you."
"It isn't that, dad. How can I make you understand? I've got ideas in my
head that I think will be a success. I feel I must try them out. I'm sure they
are worth trying."
"H'm." There was a wealth of meaning behind the expression. "And who is to
put up the money for this business?"
"The man I hope to go into partnership with has got most of it already. I
am to contribute these ideas of mine and ... and to put in five hundred
pounds," He smiled disarmingly and his father was conscious of a jab of memory
and the picture of a little boy asking for sixpences.
"Tell me about this business," he demanded. And Michael plunged into
technical detail. He spoke well and convincingly, though to the simple mind of
the older man all these intricacies of production curves and overheads
conveyed an impression of unwarranted interference with methods made holy by
age-old tradition. He pinned his faith to rule-of-thumb himself.
When the boy had finished the father asked a number of shrewd questions. He
thought for a while before he went on.
"I am not saying but what I am disappointed that you are not prepared to
come into the business that your grandfather and great-grandfather spent their
lives in building up. But I will put it to you like this. I will look into
this concern you are so interested in and find out if it promises all you say.
If I am satisfied I will advance the five hundred pounds. If the business
succeeds, well and good. If it doesn't ... you come into the mill." He leant
back in his chair, eyeing his son shrewdly as he had eyed many a tricky
customer sitting in that same seat which his son now occupied. He had made up
his mind in a hurry, a thing he seldom did. But he felt somehow that the
matter was urgent, and he felt, too, that he was on a good wicket. He had
heard of ventures like this one; very few survive the first two years of their
existence, while others no more than pay their wage bill with nothing coming
in on the capital. Only the lucky few turn into the gold mines that the owners
always anticipate. It might prove cheap at the price to let the boy buy his
experience and then come more willingly into the business. And anyway, it was
always possible to find something in the preliminary investigation ....
But Michael had not the guile to follow such tortuous reasoning. His heart
leapt at his father's words. Success! and so easily! Really the old chap was
being awfully decent. He had scarcely hoped to get the money at all. He
stammered his agreement and thanks and staggered out into the sunshine, a
little drunk with the unbelievableness of it all. He looked round at a world
that suddenly seemed to be almost too good to live in. He wanted to shout and
yell. Pulling out his pipe he strode off in the direction of the open country,
resolved to work off his rising emotions.
The mill was on the edge of the small town and soon Michael was climbing
the hill that lay behind it, his long legs making light of the slope and his
thoughts milling round as the scroll of his ambition unrolled before him.
Independence, freedom to try out his new ideas, lashings of work, obstacles,
things to be overcome, beaten, then success. Life was grand! As he topped the
hill and stood for a moment surveying the landscape, his eye caught a tiny
moving patch of colour below. Presently he made out that it was Vera, out for
a walk. Vera was a good listener, she had a sympathetic mind. It would be
grand to tell her all about it. He plunged down the hill, his legs carrying
him over the ground at a great rate. As he drew nearer he let out a hail. Vera
gazed all round her except in his direction. Michael hailed again. He had no
thought of why the girl happened to be here, for she had said nothing of a
walk when they parted so recently. It did not cross his mind that she might
have seen him start out up the hill and cut across at its foot so as to meet
him. The minx spotted him the second time and with a look of complete surprise
exclaimed:
"Why, Michael, whatever were you doing up there?"
"Hullo, Vera, glad I spotted you. I say, I've got something to tell you."
They set off together, she trying to keep pace with his long steps. He
began to tell her of the momentous interview and its results. He fired her
with his imagination till she realised, with a start, that she was fitting
herself into a niche in his life which there was no possible hope of her
occupying. She knew her Michael. Nevertheless she loved the intimacy of it
all. That he should need even this of her, that she should be a sounding board
for his ecstatic hopes. If she couldn't find a place in his heart, well that
was just too bad. But there was no reason why she shouldn't pretend. Her face
was flushed under the rouge with the exertion of the pace he was setting and
with the warmth of her feelings. A convenient spot offered in a deeply shaded
coppice and she sank to the ground with a sigh and refused to go any further
without a rest.
Michael was penitent. But the need to pour out all that filled his mind was
uppermost and he finished what he had to say as he strode up and down the
little glade in front of her.
"Don't you think that sounds pretty good?" he asked, when he had finished.
Vera tossed her golden curls as if to suggest that it would be a better
idea if he admired them. "I think you are wonderful, Michael," she said
gracefully.
Michael gave a little laugh of deprecation. "Oh, no, it's only what every
chap wants to do, if he can get the chance. I'm lucky to get the chance." He
was smiling at her, his enthusiasm bubbling over. Then he caught sight of
something smouldering beneath the level gaze of her eyes and it upset his
equilibrium. Something called to him as it had never done before. He'd never
had much to do with girls except as a group at college parties. He'd always
found them rather an unknown quantity underneath the veneer of sophistication.
His mind was not attuned to reactions of this sort. There was something urgent
and compelling about the way in which Vera was looking at him. After all, she
was a jolly pretty girl, you couldn't get away from that. He hadn't properly
realised it before. Not quite like ...
Michael's thoughts took a jerk backwards away from the present. Somewhere
in the recesses of his mind there had always been a vague, indeterminate
picture of a woman. Rather an ephemeral sort of picture which he had never
quite succeeded in featuring objectively. It was an ideal, an abstraction
which nevertheless had become very dear to him. He used to think of her in
quiet moments and tell her his most intimate thoughts. Then he would come to
and chide himself for being sentimental. Queer that he should think of her at
this moment.
"A penny for your thoughts, Michael."
The voice jerked him back to the insistent demands of the moment, and the
dream picture vanished. In its place were Vera's eyes, still regarding him,
still smouldering. And all the time she smiled at him, the slow provocative
smile of the Mona Lisa. He dropped down beside her. Her eyes widened and what
he saw there sent his thoughts racing in a tumult. He put his hand on her arm
and the contact thrilled him. He gripped her arm more tightly and drew the
girl towards him. She made no effort to resist. The pulses in his head were
beating, thudding far faster than the old wheel at the mill had ever done.
Something inside him was holding him back, something important, commanding.
And this compelling allurement drew him onwards. He was conscious of the
tension. Then Vera lifted her face to his, her lips invitingly open. Something
snapped in his head and he crushed the lips against his own in overwhelming
emotion.
Vera snuggled into his arms with a little sigh of satisfaction.
* * * * * * * * * * *
It was some hours later when they made their way home over the fields.
Michael felt rather ashamed of his surrender to his feelings and yet, in a
way, rather pleased with himself. They said little during that walk home,
though Michael felt there was a good deal that he ought to say. They came to
her turning. He stopped and faced her.
"I'll be seeing you," he said, with a half smile.
Vera opened her mouth as if about to speak, then she changed her mind and
her mouth curved to a smile. She waggled two fingers at him and turned away
towards her home.
The next two weeks were full ones for Michael. There were interviews to
arrange between his father and Davis, his prospective partner and owner of the
patent. There were financial matters to be examined, too, and these all
entailed journeys to London. Then there were empty factories to be inspected,
machinery catalogues to be studied. labour problems to be considered. Thus it
was his meetings with Vera became somewhat infrequent. Much to his relief, she
did not seem to resent this and accepted his plea of being hopelessly involved
in his plans. Sometimes he wondered why she did not demand more of his
attention during the first fine flights of the affair. But he was thankful
that she did not make things difficult, for he wanted no difficulties while
the question of the loan from his father was still unsettled.
Robert Blair, to his surprise and a little to his chagrin, could find no
possible flaw in the proposals set before him. The whole thing appeared to be
honest and above-board and the patent certainly seemed to have possibilities.
Only time could prove whether the concern would be a success or not. So he
decided, not without pangs, to cut his losses and give in with a good grace.
He had no illusions now as to his own inability to direct his son's steps
where he wished, and he was not going to have it said that Robert Blair did
not do the right thing by his only son. No, sir!
So the cheque was signed and Michael Blair was firmly launched on his
business career. The time came for him to leave Belchester and seek quarters
near the scene of his work.
He went for a last walk with Vera. It wasn't a very satisfactory walk, for
they were beginning to find that they hadn't really very much in common except
his need for her as a sounding board for his thoughts. She was beginning to
find that a dull sort of game. Presently they found themselves back by the old
mill. It was after working hours and the great thudding heart of it was still.
A chill wind made it unpleasant to tarry.
"Suppose we ought to be saying good night," he said. Vera answered with a
quick little sweep of her lashes.
"I'll be coming back soon and then we must see more of each other. I'll
often be home."
Vera nodded. "Of course," she observed to a tight little ball of linen in
her hand. Then she looked up. "I hope you'll meet some nice people where you
are going."
He smiled down at her. "Expect so. But I'll be too busy for a long time to
be able to socialize much."
"Well, good-bye, Michael. Take care of yourself." Her eyelashes swept him a
little curtsey and she turned towards the gate. Michael stood, and waved to
her as she paused at the gate. Then she was gone.
In the sitting-room he found his own father and Vera's engaged in a
business discussion over a defaulting customer. A grim old man, Josh Clark,
thought Michael as he dropped into a chair. He had always regarded him as a
bogey man in his youthful days, who was always chasing him out of the places
he wanted to explore. Taciturn, he never had much to say, though Blair swore
by him as a workman and he was good at handling men. Presently Clark got up to
go, and turning to the young man, wished him success. He offered his hand in a
grip that made Michael wince.
"Gosh!" he exclaimed to his mother when the two elder men had gone out of
the room, "the old fellow has got a grip."
"Aye," agreed his mother, "a hard grip and a hard man." She was relieved at
Clark's departure, for this was Michael's last night at home and she wanted
him to herself. It had been bad enough when he went off to the university, but
this time, she felt he was breaking the old ties for good. He would only
return to her roof as an occasional visitor. She gave a plaintive little sigh.
It was not a very happy evening for Michael. Despite his father's attempts
at heavy humour there was a touch of gloom in the atmosphere. He had a very
genuine love for these parents of his, and it hurt him to feel that he was a
cause of distress to them. But he consoled himself with the thought that he
would visit them frequently, and he looked forward to the proud moment when he
could announce to them the success of his venture. The day of his leaving
Belchester was wet and cold, and there was small excuse for standing about
prolonging farewells. Soon he was off, in the wheezy old car, to the station.
It was not in a few weeks or a few months that he returned.
He was to find the establishment of a new business a matter sufficiently
absorbing to the most prolific energy. It became almost impossible for either
him or his partner Davis to get away. The many problems demanded persistent
application in order to avert disaster. It was nearly a year after he had left
Belchester that he was walking towards the factory when he met an old man whom
he recognized as having been employed by his father.
"Hullo, Amos," he cried in greeting. "What are you doing up in London?"
"Eh, Oi've left the old mill," explained the old fellow. “The rheumatics in
me back won't let me lift they sacks no more. So Oi've come up to Lunnon to be
with me son, seeing as me darter 'as married and gone way up north."
"And how did you leave things at Belchester? I hear from my home but they
never told me you had left."
The old man gave him the latest news from the market town. Then he paused,
uncertainly. "Ye'll have heard about Josh Clark's darter, seemingly?"
"No," said Michael, with quickening interest. "How is she?" Amos shook his
head dolefully. "A bad business indeed. It appears she was going to 'ave a
baby, and Josh 'e fund out about it - we know the like o' man 'e is. Well,
there was a fine flare and a to-do. She wouldn't say who the father was, and
Josh, 'e turned she out."
"What happened to her? Where did she go?" It seemed to Michael as if a
stranger's voice was asking the questions.
Amos peered up the road, as if seeking for someone. "They found 'er 'bout
three miles down the mill stream. Drowned she was."
* * * * * * * * * *
The Man
It is eight years later and Michael is now twenty-nine. He
still bears the mark of the shock that Amos unwittingly gave him. There are
lines on his face that are alien to a man who has scarcely taken his leave of
youth. There is a trace of cynicism in his make-up that was engendered by the
tragic ending to a young life for which he felt himself to be directly
responsible. Life for Michael had been bittersweet during these passing years
for the business had prospered beyond the most sanguine hopes of the two
partners. Michael himself had contributed some novel developments of the
original patent and there was a steadily rising demand for the products. But
with the death of Vera a door had slammed upon his capacity for enjoyment.
Success he met with the same grim reception he gave to difficulties. It seemed
as if he had allowed the channel of inspiration to become choked. He worked
with a kind of spiritless endeavour, driving himself along with nervous
energy. Eventually this excess of expenditure over receipts had demanded
stimulants, to which he had more and more recourse.
Michael could now afford to sit back, for money was rolling in, in a most
satisfactory manner. Occasionally he made an effort to consider life from a
new angle, he joined an expensive club, bought a new car, learned to play
golf, gathering a new set of friends in the process. But that was only a
background, it did not animate his life to any extent. In each new addition he
made to his list of proficiencies he found some disappointment, failed to find
the distraction he had hoped. From time to time he went home and tried to
recapture some of the carefree impetuosity of his youth. But he was not
successful. There was a canker locked up inside him and he did not know how to
let it out.
Willing tongues among his acquaintances whispered darkly of a broken love
affair which spurred on some of his female pursuers to make unmistakable
offers of consolation, either temporary or permanent. But, somehow, Michael
seemed to slide past these embarrassments. One of his would-be distracters
murmured to a confidant as he passed, "All that money and no one to love it,
my dear, isn't it tragic?" Which probably accounts for Michael's free passage
through his difficulties.
It happened one day that a business call took him to a district not far
from the factory. The firm needed some adjacent land for development and he
wished to interview the owner, a Mr. Bainbridge. At the time agreed for the
appointment he appeared on the steps of a grim old Georgian house that must
have been a gentleman's residence when this suburb was a village well out of
the metropolis. A maid opened the door and on learning his business showed him
into the drawing room to await her employer's arrival.
Preoccupied with the problems connected with his visit, Michael scarcely
noticed the room at his first entry. It seemed to him much like any other room
of the kind. Then he realised with a start that he was not alone. It was a
long room, over-furnished in the late Victorian style, with a multitude of
ornamentation and the peculiar air of everything being screwed in its place,
which this kind of room seems to acquire. As his glance swept round he was
suddenly and acutely conscious of having seen it all before. Yes, of course,
he had stood on this very spot and seen ... why, great heavens! It is she! His
heart missed a beat as he stared unashamedly at the girl by the window. The
very posture, the colour of her hair, and the DRESS! His dream woman, come to
life. Silly, his mind told him, that sort of thing only happens in
old-fashioned novels. Yet here she was, alive and, yes, actually smiling. He
was conscious that he was staring at her in a manner that would have been rude
if it had not been ludicrous. What he did not know was that the girl was just
as astonished, just as tongue-tied as himself.
She was the first to recover. Composing her features into a conventional
smile, she said: "I think you must be Mr. Blair. My uncle is expecting you, he
will not be long. Won't you sit down?"
Michael sank obediently into a chair, he wasn't able to speak yet. Mad
thoughts were still racing through his mind and he was probing the chaos in an
endeavour to extract a certain memory, one of those 'tip of the tongue'
thoughts that are so elusively near the surface and yet so tantalisingly
hidden. If only he could get some association of ideas to work on, some
incident, trivial in itself but which would make this provoking whirl of his
thoughts resolve itself into some well-remembered shape. At length he obtained
control and managed to formulate his thanks.
They began to talk, though Michael retained little recollection of what
they talked about. His mind was still busy taking in the piquant situation.
Presently Mr. Bainbridge came bustling in, full of apologies for being late.
Apologies, ye gods! thought Michael as he rose to shake hands. Why couldn't
the old chap have stayed away for the whole afternoon. The girl rose and came
across the room. "I'll leave you two together to talk business," she smiled at
him as she passed.
"Oh, I'm sorry," exclaimed Bainbridge. "I see you have introduced
yourselves. Ann, this is Mr. Blair. Mr. Blair, this is my niece, Miss
Rochester. So now you know each other."
"Indeed we do," said Michael feelingly. Then he added, "I hope we shall
meet again." Ann had reached the door. As she opened it she smiled back at
him. It might have meant anything.
When Ann had gone Michael came to the point and put his proposal concerning
the land. He found the older man a ready seller and the transaction could
easily have been settled that afternoon leaving only the conveyance to be
carried out by the lawyers. But now be had an incentive to protract matters.
He made a point about getting his partner's agreement to the details they
agreed upon and emphasized several clauses which might require later
discussion. He made a further appointment for a subsequent afternoon. There
was no sign of Ann as his host showed him to the door.
Still with a feeling of amazement he made his way home on foot. This girl
whom he had just met, no, whom he had always known, filled his thoughts to the
exclusion of all else. He knew her, knew all her moods, she was the embodiment
of so much that was in the back of his mind. In a moment he knew that he loved
her. That rather shocked him who had held that love should be approached with
due deference and sincerity.
He made a point of arriving early for his second appointment and was
rewarded by finding Ann in the drawing room again. She looked charming and
fresh as she stood posed to receive him by the window. Michael noted with a
thrill that there was a chair drawn up near her own. It had not been there the
last time.
"I've been looking forward to seeing you again," he said, as he seated
himself at her request.
"Thank you, that is very nice of you," smiled Ann. "Uncle will be here in a
moment."
Michael devoutly hoped that Uncle would forget the appointment entirely.
There was a book lying at Ann's elbow.
"May I ask what you are reading?"
She told him and they found they had at least this interest in common. They
went on to other subjects. As they talked, his busy mind photographed her
appearance. This Ann of his, curious how he could not help regarding her
possessively, she was so exactly as she ought to be. That lovely fair hair, so
finely spun that it might be made of silk, those grey-blue eyes that held so
much merriment yet which seemed to conceal something deep and sincere that lay
behind them. Her voice was charmingly modulated and she expressed herself
well. Michael found her a trifle confused after a while and then he realised
that he had been staring at her hungrily and cursed himself for his lack of
self control. Something prompted him to ask her if she painted. "I am sure you
do," he said, "I feel it in my bones."
"Then your bones must ache intolerably," she retorted. "I play with water
colours sometimes but wild horses wouldn't make me display my efforts. Now it
is my turn to ask questions. What about you, what do you do to amuse
yourself?"
Michael thought for a moment. "Work, I suppose. I can't really say that I
make much of a showing at golf or bridge. I have never given them the time to
become more than a mere habit."
"You ought to have a hobby, you know," she observed, gazing reflectively at
him. "It is such a nice way of working off the petty annoyances that one
collects during the day. When I feel cross I work it off on my sketching block
and paint box. You've no idea how satisfying it can be to daub lurid sketches
into which all one's inhibitions can be worked off. At least it saves one
working them out on the family. But perhaps you are not married."
Michael shook his head emphatically. "No I am not married," Ann couldn't
help laughing. "You seem so positive about it one feels you must have been
running away from marriage. Doesn't the idea attract you at all?"
"Why - yes it does. For the first time in my life I do want to get
married."
Ann's eyes lighted up with interest. "But this is splendid. I am sure she
is very charming."
She?" echoed Michael.
"The girl you are going to marry."
"But there isn't any girl, I - er - mean, I .. ,"
"What a shame to tease you, too bad. All right, we will let you off the
inquisition."
"But you've got it all wrong. There isn't any she."
Ann regarded him with a puzzled expression. "What do you mean? You say that
for the first time in your life you want to get married and then you say there
isn't anyone you want to get married to." Then suddenly she coloured. "I say,
I am awfully sorry, I am being terribly impertinent. I really don't know how I
got on to this subject. Let's talk about something else."
"But please, there is nothing - at least there isn't any – oh, what a
muddle we are getting into."
They both burst into laughter at this and it was Michael who changed the
subject by asking her to meet him the fallowing day at an exhibition of water
colours where a friend of his was exhibiting. Ann had just time to murmur a
quick acceptance when the door opened and Bainbridge entered, profuse with
apologies as usual. Michael blessed him for his habit of being late.
It was at this stage of his friendship with Ann that Michael began to take
stock of himself. For the first time he saw his own position from a viewpoint
external to himself. He told himself that it was his love for Ann that enabled
him to do this. He saw himself as he really was, eager, headstrong, yet
failing to use his driving force, drifting with the current instead of
steering his own course. He had let the old inspiration die of emptiness
because of that tragic event at the opening of his career. In an attempt to
shut out that memory he had shut himself up in his shell like a clam. And he
had tried to replace the expenditure of nervous energy with alcohol as a fuel.
It wasn't a very imposing picture that his mind conjured up. He had
succeeded in business it is true, succeeded beyond his most sanguine
expectations. But what had that brought him? The chance to use work as a sort
of dope, something into which he could throw his whole interest and energies.
And that bottle, he would have to get the better of that before he asked Anne
to marry him. He vowed that he would set about that task at once. A thousand
times he set himself wondering whether Ann in any way felt about him as he did
about her. The doubt fidgeted him and made him morose and optimistic by turns.
He made the proposal even sooner than he had intended. And it was Ann who,
unwittingly, brought it about. He took her for a run in his car one fine
Sunday. They stopped for a picnic at the foot of a long sloping hill. When
they had finished Ann proposed a climb. Arrived at the top they stood for a
while and gazed at that wonderful vision of checker-board England which a
hilltop gives and which never fails to attract. It was a clear day after
recent rain, and the fields looked so tiny yet so compact and clear cut.
Michael felt a sudden dismay as he likened the scene to that other hilltop
near his home whence he had descended to meet Vera, an incident he would have
given years of his life to eradicate. Driving the thought from his mind he
turned to Ann. Flushed from the exertion of climbing she looked lovely. There
was a strong wind blowing and her fair hair was drawn out from her head like
golden flames. She turned shining eyes to his.
"Race you down the hill," she cried to him above the roar of the wind.
"Let's go," he answered, meeting her enthusiasm with a boyish zest he had
not felt for years
Together they tore down the hill but soon his long legs gave him the lead.
Breathless, they pulled up at the bottom where Ann subsided on to the grass.
Michael sat down, too, facing her. He thought she had never looked so
beautiful.
They talked for a while and then Ann indicated where the red roofs of a
house peeped out of the trees that surrounded it.
"Doesn't that glimpse of a house look delightful," she observed. "Those
chimneys are Elizabethan, I am sure it must be a lovely place."
Michael rolled over to look. "Yes, it does." After a long look he rolled
back again. "You know, I have always had a desire to build my own house, to
plan it all from the beginning."
Ann, hugging her knees, glanced quickly down at him. "Have you really? How
funny, so have I. I used to draw pictures of a little house when I was so
high. It was always the same house."
Michael sat up suddenly. "Good Lord, so did I. I've just remembered it. My
mother was always chaffing me about my little house. And I was always rubbing
it out and doing it again."
Michael's face suddenly became tense. "Ann, I am going to call you Ann
whether you like it or not. Do you know that I had the most extraordinary
sensation when I first saw you, in that room. I felt that I had done it all
before. That I had met you before, in that very room."
The flushed look fled from Ann's cheeks, she went pale as ivory. "Michael,
what does it mean? I had exactly the same feeling," she whispered, scarcely
heeding that she had used his Christian name.
"Ann, I can't keep it to myself any longer, I must tell you. I love you, I
have loved you ever since I can remember. When I first saw you I knew at once
that it was you who had been in my heart for always. Ann darling, 1 don't know
what it all means but I do know that 1 need you, you are part of my life."
Ann recovered her composure with the instinctive defence of a woman. "But
Michael, I ... you ... we have only known each other, almost a matter of days.
We mustn't take this strange experience to mean more than just something in
our minds."
"Ann darling, it does mean much more than that, to me at any rate. I don't
know anything about these things, but I do know I want you, I want you to
marry me." He possessed himself of one of her hands. To their sharpened
sensibilities the contact sent an electric shock through them both. It seemed
to quicken their extra-sensory perception for, as they afterwards agreed on
comparing notes, they suddenly became aware of some deep and intangible
feeling between them. An age-old memory it seemed, but it was real to both of
them; formless, ephemeral, it yet held meaning, for it held them together with
links that neither could sever if they could. It gave them both a sense of
at-one-ment with each other. For a while neither of them spoke, words would
have been an anti-climax to that satisfying experience.
"Ann," Michael breathed the word presently. She turned to face him and he
saw her eyes widen and the heavenly blue of the sky was reflected in them.
There was something else there, too, something for which his heart had longed.
A little cry escaped from him as he drew her to him, a cry in which all the
pent-up emotion of the years seemed to be freed. Her face came up to meet his.
Strangely enough, while his senses were dancing as their lips met, he could
not resist the thought that sometime, somewhere, he had kissed her before.
Presently, when the first ecstasy was over, he held her back, the better to
devour her with his eyes. Her eyes were laughing now, shining with merriment.
There were tears there, too, tears of happiness. He saw them and insisted on
kissing them away. A new life filled him. He told himself ecstatically that
here was the point where he would start life afresh. He would, he must. With
this dear responsibility he would challenge the fates themselves.
They settled down to exchange those dear confidences which lovers adore.
Treading upon air they explored each other's minds with that deliciously
intimate freedom that lovers know in the first rapture of the new
relationship. Happily they began to unearth those treasures which a kindly
fate buries anew for each pair of customers to discover and claim as unique.
Always they came back to the odd circumstances of their first meeting.
"It sounds awfully silly, I know," confessed Ann, "but I have always had an
odd feeling that I should meet the man I was to marry just like that. I have
lived in that house for years because my parents both died while I was still
at school, and that funny old drawing room that Uncle won't have altered has
always been bound up in that thought of mine."
"I have heard that it is due to split personality or something," Michael
remarked.
She laughed out at that and he caught the infection. "Oh, Michael," she
bubbled, "don't go and spoil it all. Here we have a lovely dream about our
love being made in Heaven and you go and say it is a split something or
other."
His arm went about her again. "Darling, I apologise. Let's call it dual
personality, that sounds much better. When shall we get married?"
But this is so sudden," laughed Ann. She began to pat her hair into place.
With a glance at the slanting sun she made some remark about getting home.
"I suppose we must," observed Michael regretfully. "There always seems to
be an end to lovely things like to-day."
They came to the car. As Michael closed the door on her he leant forward.
"Let's build that house, shall we? Our dream house?"
Ann's eyes lit up. Oh, Michael," she breathed, "what a heavenly idea. I
never thought it could possibly come true."
Michael smiled happily. "Lots of things are going to come true. I wonder
whether my wish to kiss you again will come true?"
It came true.
Events in the lives of Michael and Ann now began to move rapidly. Once more
he felt himself impelled by an abundant energy. Ann's Uncle made no demur at
losing his niece, who was also his housekeeper, and soon the two of them were
swept into the preparations for the wedding. Michael scarcely ever glanced at
the whisky bottle. There was so much to do, not a little of it 'buying things'
for Ann. Never had she known such an orgy of spending. She protested but it
had no effect. Michael was wound up and she realised that she would have to
let him run down or bust. There was a house to be found until the dream house
could be built and to add to Michael's burdens Davis announced that he was
going into a new line of business and that in the future he wou1d be only a
sleeping partner, leaving all the work to Michael. This of course meant an
increase in his income at a time when he most needed it, but it also meant
longer hours and greater strain.
He took Ann down to Belchester and was happy to see how his parents both
fell in love with her. She loved the old mill and insisted on visiting all the
haunts of his childhood. Robert Blair was filled with pride at his son's
success and was reconciled to his absence from the family business. The
thought of his marriage to this charming girl made him more expansive than
ever. Mary Blair was a little overcome at the prospect of a grand wedding but
managed to conceal her apprehensions.
The marriage took place from the Bainbridge home and there was only one
dark moment. It was while father and son were waiting for Ann to come down in
her going-away dress that Robert Blair put his foot in it.
"You mind old Josh Clark's daughter?" he asked his son, "you and she were a
bit friendly like at one time, ye did well by waiting."
Michael's face grew dark. Like a wave recoiling out of the past the old
phantoms rose into his consciousness from the depths of his subconscious mind.
He had managed to subdue them, one way and another till he had almost
forgotten their existence. Now the old moodiness sat brooding on his brow
again and he muttered something unintelligible. Fortunately Ann's arrival and
the consequent stir put an end to any more of the older man's confidences, and
Michael took advantage of the general excitement to get a grip on himself.
Nevertheless, for him,. the sun shone a little less brightly as the pair
emerged out on to the drive.
* * * * * * * * * * *
Here we must leave this second glimpse of Michael's earthly life and slip
forward once more into the future. We see the two again, sitting an a lawn. It
is the garden of the dream house and if you would know what manner of house it
was, you may let your imagination take you over it. It was as how would like
to find it. It had been a glorious experience, engendered by a delightful
fusion of ideas and carried out regardless of anything but the notions of its
designers. Some of the designs came from Ann's own hand and she spent many
happy hours in search for the best that eager markets could provide. As the
two bent together over the plans they would laugh with sheer happiness in
their task and their joy would be spiced ever and again by the odd feeling of
having done it all before. Ann used to assert that they had lived before as
man and wife and built just such a house as this, while Michael pointed out
that unless they had reincarnated as rapidly as the Dalai Lama they could
hardly have lived in such a modern dwelling as this.
The harmony of the garden scene is heightened by the sound of children's
voices, for Michael and Ann have been married nine years now. The children
come running across the lawn. First there is Stephanie, she is seven and like
her father. Then there is Peter, aged five, and in every way a little Ann.
There is a prodigious noise and much laughter from mother and children. Father
is buried behind a newspaper and Stephanie cannot resist the temptation to
hurl herself at that vast expanse of inviting scrunchy paper. She does so and
there is a deathly silence, surmounted with a heavy scowl. The huge joke has
fallen flat, quite flat. Frowning slightly Ann gave a quick look at Michael,
then gathered up her children and with an admonition that “Daddy is tired,”
shepherded them back to the house.
Yes, there is no doubt about it, Daddy is tired. One glance at the lines
round the eyes that we haven't noticed before and the fact that he has just
behaved like a sulky child in front of his children, shows us that something
is definitely wrong. For some reason or other he has slid back into that
choked-up condition he was in before he got married. It began to come back
when things went wrong in the business. The novelty of the plastic goods which
the firm manufactured was wearing off, while opposition firms had managed to
produce similar goods at cut rates without infringing the patent. The money
market was flighty and that affected sales. Michael had rashly invested
reserve capital in new machinery in an endeavour to cope with lower prices and
there was little available for a rainy day. The golden stream of profits that
had promised never to run dry was now a mere unsatisfactory trickle.
With an impatient exclamation Michael got up from his chair and shook off
the depression that held him and went in to change for dinner. When the meal
was over he retired with Ann to his study, a delightfully informal little room
where they each had a comfortable easy chair in front of the fire. Parker,
efficient as always, served the coffee, and having placed the decanter within
Michael's reach, bade them good-night.
"Good-night Parker," Michael looked at the decanter with a hint of
desperation in his eyes. He knew that he was one of those unfortunate
individuals who cannot hold liquor, and the old craving was getting hold of
him again. He knew he ought to tell Parker not to put the decanter so
tantalisingly within his reach. But he had always loved to display his
manliness before Ann and the thought of such an admission as the order would
entail, defeated that intention. He made a determined effort to keep his mind
off it. He tried to carryon a cheerful conversation with her but without much
success. Ann seemed to have retired within herself tonight. He knew that she
was growing aloof from him owing to his tantrums and the thought increased his
irritation. He had read all of the paper that he wanted to and his novel bored
him. He smoked hard for a while.
"We shall have to get that bathroom leak seen to," remarked Ann in a flat
voice, without looking up from the small garment she was mending. "It has
soaked through the plaster in the hall ceiling."
"I'll ring up Foster's tomorrow," said Michael. "You know, I am sure we
made a mistake putting it over on that side."
"I expect you are right," murmured Ann absent-mindedly, "what a pity we
cannot rub out bits of our house and do them again. Like the children do with
theirs."
Michael looked up wearily. Time was when he would have responded to that
odd mind-memory they shared. But now somehow it had ceased to enliven and he
relegated the thought of it to the limbo of things forgotten. There were so
many other things to occupy his mind, unpleasant things. There was silence far
a while and then he twisted in his chair and took hold of the decanter. He had
been feeling foul all day, he told himself after Ann had gone to bed. It was
late when he followed her.
Ann was full of a dream she had had when she came down to breakfast the
next morning. "I dreamt that I was floating down the banisters, my feet
scarcely touching the ground. Then I floated out of the door and into the most
amazing garden, much larger and with much finer flowers than ours. There was
someone with me, not you, but an older man, I think, I couldn't see him
because he always seemed to stand just behind my shoulder." She looked at
Michael over her coffee cup. Michael grunted.
But Ann was not to be put off. "Then this man took me to the most wonderful
places you can possibly imagine. The colouring was beautiful ... you don't
seem interested, darling."
Michael managed a sort of a smile. "I'm not much taken with dreams myself."
"Oh, but darling, this was a super dream. I do wish I could tell you how
really lovely it was. I sometimes wonder whether we don't travel about on the
other side when we are asleep."
Michael hooted. "The other side of what?"
"Oh, you know. There must be some place you go to when you die."
"A damp cloud perhaps," scoffed Michael. He had never thought much about
such faraway things. The he put down the paper and got up to leave the table.
He was feeling pretty grim. Digestion all wrong. He felt he must really see a
doctor. But he didn't.
It soon became evident that Ann was noticing things. His hand would shake
and he sometimes knocked things over with undue carelessness. And the at
thought of it, his Ann drove him madder still. She had begged him to see a
doctor about his indigestion but he refused, saying that he had got some pills
from the chemist which were doing him good. He began to drink away from home,
at his club or in the company of friends. Ann insisted on a change and got a
cousin to come and look after the children while they went to the East Coast.
That made things a little better and the worn look left his face. Besides, the
decanter wasn't so get-at-able as it had been. They seemed to get back nearer
to the intimacy of the old days. But they had to come home some time.
Back at his office Michael discovered that things had become more serious
than ever. If something wasn't done the firm might have to close down. In
desperation he wrote Davis to come and see him.
Davis came, and was typically blunt. The two men had words. In the end they
decided there would have to be a complete reorganisation. Cut profits meant
cutting staff, cutting wages, cutting salaries, cutting everything except his
own office hours. It almost meant starting again. Michael looked at his
bank-book when Davis had gone. He was shocked to see how low his total
resources were, all his savings were in the business. And there were bills,
and the house wanted so much doing to it. He might have to give up the house;
the thought gave him a horrid feeling. So much had gone into that house, it
stood for so much. He gave a sigh as he made up his mind to go home and tell
Ann the truth and take her advice about it. He drove his car into the garage
and then walked across to the house where Parker had a note for him. In it Ann
told him that her Uncle had had a stroke and she was going to spend the night
there. The note ended with some instructions about Peter's cough mixture.
With a gesture of annoyance Michael went into the study and called for a
drink. It was too bad that this had to happen on this night of all nights,
just when he needed Ann more than ever before. He glanced uncertainly at the
telephone. But he realised that he could give no cogent reason for Ann's
immediate return. He refilled his glass. Then he sank moodily into his chair.
By dinner time he was feeling better and had an exciting half-hour with the
children. Dinner sobered him up a bit, then he settled down for the evening.
He tried to concentrate on a new novel but his head was aching. He took some
aspirin and that made it worse. Parker came in and said good-night, leaving
the decanter in its usual place. He had another drink and that made him feel a
bit better. Somewhere in the back of his mind there was an idea, a novel
method of using plastics. If only he could get at it, there might be money in
it. Dash it all, it was on the tip of his tongue, Perhaps another drink would
clear his head. He had several and before long was in a hazed condition, half
irritably conscious, half pleasantly dreamy. Presently he slept.
He awoke suddenly, startlingly aware that something was wrong. There was a
queer background of sound that had no part in his normal life, a smell ... But
the movement of his head upset his precariously balanced equilibrium, a wave
of nausea swept over him. He struggled to his feet, groping uncertainly, aware
of a terrible urgency for action but quite incapable of steering any sort of
course. Movement became a hazard, uncontrollable, with the damnable thought
that he could not convey his desires to his errant limbs, he was helpless. He
saw a thin wisp of smoke curling under the door and knew what it meant. "Oh
God, let me get to that door," he cried, and knew that his lips could only
stutter at the words. He lurched towards the door but a French window swayed
stupidly in his path. He wrenched at the catch, cursing under his breath
because his fingers were all thumbs. At last it opened and a rush of cold air
swept over his hot face, driving the last ounce of sense from his head.
When he came to he was in bed. He realised that it was in a hospital for he
could see a trailer in a corner of the room laden with surgical equipment.
Presently a nurse tip-toed into the room and bent over him. She smiled when
she saw that he was awake. "Feeling better?" she asked.
Michael shook his head feebly. He was feeling anything but better. The
nurse gave him some medicine which tasted foul but pulled him together a bit.
He knew there was something wrong because there was more than a hangover on
his mind. He tried to arrange his thoughts but the bemused mind refused to
co-operate. If he so much as moved his head it gave him a swimming sensation
that was unbearable, so he lay very still. "Tell me," he murmured to the nurse
when she came near him again.
She looked steadily at him for a moment before replying. "You were found
lying by the side of the road last night and so you were brought here."
Michael struggled to remember. “Was there a fire somewhere ... ?”
The nurse hesitated. She had no orders to tell him the truth. "Yes I
believe there was. But don't you worry about that. Try and get to sleep again,
it will do you good." She busied herself with his pillows.
But Michael would not be denied. There was a note of urgency in his voice
as he demanded further details. The nurse persisted in her efforts to put him
off but he threatened to get out of bed if she did not answer his questions.
At length she went off to call the house physician. In a few moments she
returned with a small man in glasses who peered keenly at him. "Well, what is
it?" he asked.
"I want to know what happened last night. I am Michael Blair. Why am I
here?"
"What can you recollect of last night?" parried the doctor. Michael frowned
in his effort to recall some coherent picture of the events of the night. “I -
I had a good deal to drink, I think. I had had a very worrying day at the
office. Then I fell asleep and ... after that it's all hazy. I think there was
a fire somewhere, something burning. I can remember opening a window and
feeling the cold air rush in." He gazed anxiously up at the doctor. "Tell me,
was there a fire? My house ... ?"
The doctor nodded. "Yes," Then he added, "It was burnt down." Michael's
eyes widened. His brain reeling, he struggled into a sitting position. The
uncompromising face of the doctor told him there was more to come, the worst.
"The children ... ?" he managed to whisper.
The doctor's eyes flickered uncertainly for a moment. "You must be brave,
Mr. Blair. From what I hear I do not think they suffered at all. The servants
managed to get out at the back of the house but the children must have been
overcome by the smoke while they were still asleep."
Michael collapsed upon the pillow. The doctor's voice receded into the
distance while a great black cloud of horror swept in upon him. Everything
seemed to be falling away from him. The news was too awful, too stunning for
him to contemplate. He felt a prick in his arm and merciful oblivion overcame
him.
* * * * * * * * * * *
We must leave Michael and Ann to face the shock and horror of that tragic
time alone. Ann, too, collapsed, and nearly three weeks elapsed till they met
again. She made no recriminations against him, the children were never
discussed. But something vital was gone out of her, there was no longer any
light in her eyes. There seemed to be nothing left between them, they lived
separate lives, having nothing in common with that other existence. The
children were gone, the old home was gone, both felt that they had been cut
adrift. Michael's eyes were haunted by the memory of what had occurred, the
lines deepened on his features showing the extent of the suffering he was
enduring. But to the outside world he maintained a cold hard exterior,
seemingly devoid of feeling.
Meeting only on the plane of conventional existence, the two made some
attempt, as time went on, to pick up the threads of life where they could find
them. They took a house far from the old one and Ann engaged in some welfare
work while Michael threw himself with a fierce despairing energy, into the
re-organisation of the business. They both received a surprising measure of
kindness from their friends who seemed genuinely anxious to help them to
forget the past and start life afresh. Some of these spoke earnestly of
possible reunion with the children in some future life. Michael's reaction was
negative for he held no assurance of the continuity of existence. Ann clung to
a belief that her darlings must be alive somewhere. She put the matter to the
vicar when he called to condole. His attitude was not very helpful. It did
nothing to assuage that terrible ache which tore her heart like a cancer. A
lukewarm admonition to have faith was a poor solace for a heart that yearned
to know the truth. But she thought it would be wrong to try and get in touch
with them. In the end she relied on those precious memories tightly locked in
her heart. Over these she stood guard like a stricken beast at bay.
Ann's Uncle died at this time and she made that an excuse for not
accompanying Michael down to Belchester. But when the matter was settled she
agreed to accompany him for the week-end. On a wild wet morning they set out
in the car. Michael was driving while she sat beside him, a still, lifeless
figure. Occasionally he gave a sidelong glance in her direction, wondering how
he could set about the task of breaking down the wall that had arisen between
them. They had left the crowded streets and were speeding along a broad empty
ribbon of road. As the hedge-bordered highway widened its arms to engulf the
onrushing car, Michael's senses became lulled by the rhythm, it seemed to him
that they were rushing away from the past into a future where reunion with his
beloved might become possible. Once at the old mill ....
A blur of brown and yellow swept out of a hidden turning. Michael wrenched
at the wheel as he had a glimpse of an enormous coach leaping at his bonnet.
There was a crash and the front of the car seemed to concertina. He gazed at
it foolishly, then felt himself sinking back into an abyss of noise and
darkness.
Part 3: TRANSITION
When Michael came to he found himself lying at the side of the road on the
grass verge. Cautiously he raised himself to a sitting position, felt himself
carefully over and was surprised to find he had escaped without broken bones
or bruises. He struggled to his feet and swayed a little, for he felt rather
giddy. Only to be expected, he told himself, after a shock like that. Lucky to
be no worse. Then suddenly he gave a gasp as he thought of Ann. Where was Ann?
He looked around and saw a number of people gathered by the wreckage. He was
about to approach them when to his intense joy Ann detached herself from the
crowd and came towards him. She looked shaken, but in spite of that the set
look was gone from her features and there was a vestige of a smile on her
lips.
"Oh, my darling, thank God you are safe!" he cried as he seized her hands
and drew her to him.
Presently he remembered the accident. "I say," he ejaculated, smitten with
dismay at the thought, "I ought to go and see if I can help."
"You need not worry, sir," said a voice at his elbow. They both turned to
see a man in rough dark clothes who had the appearance of being a gardener.
His voice had a rough country burr to it.
"The injured are all being looked after," the stranger continued. "The
ambulances will he here any minute now. In the meantime perhaps you'd like to
sit down a while in my cottage." He jerked his head across the road.
Michael followed his glance and saw what in the hectic moments following
the accident had escaped his notice, a neat little cottage with a little gem
of a front garden, ablaze with flowers. It was strange to find such a picture
bordering an arterial road, still within the confines of Greater London.
Michael presumed that its natural beauty had saved it from the greedy maw of
the development companies. He turned to Ann, who was obviously impressed.
"It certainly looks most inviting," he remarked, “but I expect that
policeman there will want to question us at any moment and see my licence and
so on."
"You needn't worry about that, sir," said the gardener, "he's a friend of
mine and I'll see he sends word over to the cottage when he's ready for you.
You can see he's got his hands full."
And indeed it was clear that the constable had no leisure for the moment,
for he was busy superintending the extrication of the injured from the
wreckage.
The gardener looked enquiringly at Ann, "I would be so grateful," she said,
with a wan little smile. "I feel that I simply can't stand up much longer."
That settled it. With his arm about her Michael started across the road,
intending to come back when he had seen her comfortably settled. The gardener
led the way up the path of the minute front garden. Ann gave a little sniff of
delight as the mingled scents of the flowers assailed her.
"How lovely," she exclaimed. "I am feeling better already." The gardener
opened the door and stood, respectfully, waiting for them to enter.
'''Tis but a poor little place, ma'am," he ventured. But Ann cut him sort.
"Oh, no, it is a gem of a place. I think it is the dearest little cottage I
have ever seen. I 'am sure happy people must live in it." Michael looked at
her as if he could hardly believe his ears. The old note of happiness was in
her voice, something he had not heard since ...
"To be sure, ma'am, they be all happy people that does come here, but like
most on us they don't always know it."
As Ann passed into the cottage she gave a little cry of joy and called over
her shoulder. "Oh, Michael darling, look, how perfect it is."
Looking past her, Michael could see, framed in the open back doorway of the
cottage, an exquisite glimpse of another flower garden even more colourful
than the front. Evidently, he thought, this gardener was an expert as well as
a flower lover. He followed Ann through into the back garden and the gardener
came after, shuttling the door softly behind him. Then he went forward to
point out some of the prize blooms.
"You must win a lot of prizes at the shows with these gorgeous specimens,"
said Ann.
"Nay, ma'am, I have no time for they flower shows. I just grow them because
I like flowers, and besides, they have their uses."
Ann wondered, from the way he spoke, whether he had some private sorrow and
did not pursue the subject. The owner of the cottage indicated two garden
chairs set in a shady corner of the tiny lawn, and then suggested a cup of
tea. Ann smiled gratefully. "I can't think of anything I should like better,"
she replied, "if it won't be putting you to a great deal of trouble."
The gardener made a little gesture of dissent. “'T'is no trouble, and after
all you have been through you'll be needing it." He started off to the cottage
door, pausing at the entrance. "It won't take but a minute, the kettle is on
the hob."
"Isn't he a perfect dear! " exclaimed Ann, when he had gone.
Then she added, thoughtfully, "I can't help thinking I have seen him
somewhere before. I suppose he must be a type."
"How do you feel now, darling?" asked Michael. He was still at a loss to
account for the change in Ann and feared at any moment the old moodiness might
return.
Ann gave a hesitating little laugh. "Well, I must say I did feel a bit
rotten when I first got out of the car. The bodywork was all scrunched up and
it was rather a business getting out. But as soon as I got into this dear
little garden I began to feel better. In fact, I feel all right now." She
smiled confidently at him.
"It's the reaction," he commented. "I would take it easy for a bit. It must
have shaken our nerves up a lot."
"And you, darling? Are you all right?"
Michael gave a little laugh. "I'm the luckiest chap alive to escape from
behind the wheel of that car with not even a bruise." Then he got to his feet.
"I am going back to see what has happened. You'll be all right here." He
turned to find the gardener barring the way with a tea tray.
"I would have just a cup before you go, sir. Set you up, like. I had just a
look before I brought the tea, and the injured is all away. There is no need
for hurry." The man almost edged Michael back to his seat. Then he set a
wooden tray down on the rough garden table. It was covered with a snowy white
cloth and held a brown china teapot with cups and saucers bearing a
considerable load of gilt and floral decoration. Also there was a plate of
delicious looking scones and a home-made cake.
"I guess that's proper, that is," said the man, smiling with justifiable
pride as he straightened himself. "Lady friend of mine next door fixed it up
when she heard what had happened."
"That really is marvellous," said Ann. "Perfectly sweet of her. I must go
and thank her presently."
"What about the policeman?" asked Michael as he helped himself to a scone.
"He has all your particulars," said the gardener, "you left your
pocket-book in the car. He is taking down the details now."
Michael slapped his empty pocket. "By jove, so I have. Must have dropped
out in the accident, and no wonder."
"He'll keep it safe for you, sir. No need to worry about that."
Then he added, "You'll excuse me if I leave you to your teas. I have a few
things to attend to and then I'll be back."
"Of course," smiled Ann. "I am afraid we must have interrupted your work."
The gardener gave a little shake of his head as he started off up the path
towards the back of the garden. He walked with the calm purpose and lack of
haste that is characteristic of the true rustic. Ann smiled gratefully after
him. Perhaps it was the tea but she began to feel more mentally at ease than
at any time since the loss of her children.
"Michael," she said presently, "I feel there is something I must get off my
chest. I am afraid I wasn't very considerate of you since ... you know."
"Ann dear, I deserved it all," he protested. "I just can't bear even to
think about it. I don't expect you to forgive me."
She put her hand over his. "Perhaps I do know now, what you have suffered.
I was wrong to shut myself up like that, it did neither of us any good. Let us
face up to it, now, before we leave this garden. We can't go on living like we
are."
There was a catch in Michael's voice as he answered. "Ann dearest, you give
me new heart. Perhaps if I tried all the rest of my life I might begin to make
restitution to you. I will try. But to them .... " He buried his face in his
hands.
"We have both of us got debts to pay, Michael dear. God will help us to pay
them."
"If I only knew the way," sighed Michael.
"Let's leave the working out of things to Him. Let's just do the Christian
thing by each other and leave the rest to God."
"And that means .... ?"
She gripped his hand a little tighter. "We start again where we left off
before .... "
He nodded, his heart too full for words. The emotion passed, to be
succeeded by a deep calm. There was something peaceful about this garden which
sublimated all thoughts of struggle.
Michael looked at his wrist. "Dash it," he exclaimed, "lost my watch too."
Then he looked up to see the gardener returning. "Afraid we shall have to tear
ourselves away," he explained, "we have promised to be at Belchester by lunch
time. Can you tell me the time?"
"I don't rightly know, sir, but I reckon you have plenty of time."
Ann rose to her feet. "But we have already trespassed too much on your
kindness."
The man smiled with pleasure.
"Is there a telephone anywhere near here?" asked Michael, becoming
business-like; "we must have a taxi sent."
"I don't think you'll find one around here," said the man slowly.
"What do you mean?" exclaimed Michael, turning towards the cottage. Then he
gave a gasp of wonder. The cottage had vanished. Slowly he turned his face
towards the gardener, his face turning pale with a sudden fear.
"What has happened?" he demanded.
As the man made no answer Michael, exasperated, took a pace forward. "But I
must go. There is nothing wrong with me. I don't know what conjuring trick you
have done with that cottage but I tell you I must go, and my wife too."
The gardener's features did not change but he made the tiniest gesture of
acquiescence.
Michael turned to Ann for support. Then he saw that she was staring
intently at the gardener, and there was a look of horror in her eyes. She put
her hand to her mouth as if to stifle a scream.
"My God!" cried Michael roughly, "what is the matter? Tell me, Ann. Who is
this man?" He put his hand arrestingly on her shoulder.
But Ann seemed unaware of the movement. Instead she found herself staring
at the gardener with a great question in her eyes.
Very gravely he bent his head to her.
When he looked up again there was another, more eager question hovering for
expression. He gave a little smile of understanding and his eyes gave the
slightest directional movement. A glad light shone from Ann's face. They
understood one another.
Michael glared desperately from one to the other. "What is it?" he cried,
"why are you two ... ?"
Ann faced her husband, her features transfigured with a new joy. The
gardener walked away once more.
"Don't you understand, Michael?" He shook his head irritably.
"Darling." Ann took his arm confidently in her's. "You must prepare
yourself for a shock. But a nice one this time."
"I don't understand you," he said angrily, shaking his arm free. "What is
all this tomfoolery about?"
"Darling, we have ... passed over ... died."
Alarm, wonder, dismay, fear, incredulity chased each other across Michael's
features as he gazed at his wife. Despite a growing sense of uneasiness he
forced a laugh.
"Ann, my dear, that is not a nice thing to joke about, especially at a time
like this when we ought to be thanking God we have escaped."
Ann shook her head in determined fashion. "Michael dear, we haven't
escaped. You have got to realise what has happened. I have just remembered who
that gardener is."
"Well, who?"
"Someone we, that is you and I, knew long ago. I just had a glimpse ... ah
darling, I am not crazy. You must believe me."
"My very dearest. I wouldn't disbelieve you for all the world. But I
understand. This accident has shaken you and no wonder."
"Michael. Where is the cottage?"
He looked round him. "We must have wandered away from it. This is the next
door garden. I expect the old chap plays this trick on lots of people. He is
probably hidden in those bushes now, laughing at us."
Ann shook her head sadly. Once more she took possession of her beloved's
arm. "Supposing it were true, would it worry you very much?"
He gave a rueful little laugh. "Well, I don't know. I suppose it wouldn't
matter when it was all over. But there is a lot of unpleasantness to get over
first. Dying isn't a nice business." Then he gave himself a little shake as if
to free himself from unpleasant thoughts. "Let's think of something cheerful.
Where's that old chap got to?"
Suddenly Ann's body stiffened. "Hark," she cried, and there was a great
exultation in her voice. From far, far in the distance there came the sound of
children's voices, echoing in happy laughter through the woods. Presently a
man came into sight, tall and good-looking, but dressed in some queer
outlandish clothes that puzzled Michael. In each hand he led a child, who, as
soon as they caught sight of Ann, let go and raced towards her with loud cries
of "Mummy, Mummy! "
Michael stood watching the children, his eyes staring. Then he uttered a
great cry of desolation and stared round him like a hunted animal. Without
another glance at the reunion he plunged into the bushes and was gone.
By this time Ann had her arms full of a confused mass of arms and legs, and
her voice, hovering between laughter and tears, was murmuring the lovely
intimate things that bind baby hearts with a great mother-love. The stranger
stood by looking on with the proud and happy smile of one who has accomplished
his heart's desire.
The first fine rapture aver, Ann stood to face the man who had brought the
children. She answered his smile with her own.
“You are … the gardener?”
He bowed, with an old-world grace. "A mere garment that I put on and off,
as need dictates. My name is Tendor, at your service."
Ann's face lit up momentarily at the mention of the name. "It is all at the
back of my mind but I just can't get it clear. We know each other, don't we?"
"We are well acquainted. Memory of that time, that other life, is
overclouded by more recent events. Do not let that distress you, the mists
will clear in time."
"And you have been looking after my babes?" she asked him softly.
"It has been my joy and privilege to watch over them since they came here.
Nay, do not let yourself be distressed any longer over that tragic occurence.
All recollection of it has been smoothed away from their little minds. They
have come on a visit to the seaside. The place where they live is in a
beautiful bay and presently you shall join them there. But first there is the
dust and stain of travel to remove, and your loved one, he will need your help
for a little while."
"Michael!" exclaimed Ann, glancing anxiously about her. "Where is he? In my
selfish joy I had forgotten him. I thought I …”
"Have no fear," put in Tendor reassuringly. "He has gone off to face
himself. It is sometimes better so. When we have injured ourselves we cannot
bear to look at the self-inflicted wounds. But they are healthy wounds and
will heal in time, presently he will realise that."
"Poor Michael," murmured Ann. She was watching the children who, with the
inconsequence of childhood, had begun to play among the flowers. "If you are
satisfied that my darlings are well looked after, I would like to stay and
help Michael. I feel that he needs me."
"He does need you, he needs the help that you alone can give. It will be an
errand of mercy if you will stay with him for a while, it will mean much to
him."
"Look, Peter is sleepy. Do you think I ought to take him home?"
Tendor looked compassionately at her. "Not if you are going to stay with
Michael. They live on a plane which he cannot reach at the moment, their real
home is not here. And if you accompany them it will be difficult for you to
return to your Michael. It is not sleep that overcomes Peter and makes him
yawn, it is the heaviness of this region. It will vanish when he gets back to
the atmosphere he is accustomed to. You will have to choose - now."
Ann's heart smote her as she looked longingly at the children. With all her
heart she longed to go with them; the agony of separation had been so acute
she felt she could never face a second parting. She wanted to see where they
lived, to put them to bed and tuck them up once more, to fill her mind with
all the little worries that once had made her life.
Tendor seemed to sense the drift of her thoughts, for he said: "The time
will not be long and you will be able to visit the children after a little
while. It will be good for them if you decide not to accompany them yet
awhile. You will be inclined to influence them with the earthly point of view
and you will have brought over certain psychic effects which it would be well
to rid yourself of before you enter fully into their lives:'
With a little sigh Ann shut out the entrancing vision. Besides, Michael
needed her, she could not desert him now. She looked anxiously round but there
was no sign of him. When the moment came she had to make all sorts of promises
to the children, promises which she could not comprehend the meaning of or
have any notion how to fulfill. But as Tendor stood approvingly by she
supposed that it was all right. She stood and watched the little trio as they
wound their way out of sight and it seemed to her that they pulled the heart
out of her body, so intense was the desire to fly after them. With a little
sob she turned to see that Michael had emerged on to the garden path, where he
stood, in the shadow of a tree, an expression of such bitterness on his
features that she ran to him with a little cry of sympathy. He took her in his
arms and for a while they stood, mutually comforting each other.
Presently they began to stroll through the woods that lay at the back of
the garden. From these they emerged into a valley that was bathed in bright
light, yet was not excessively hot. There was a peace and stillness everywhere
that gave them rest and a quality in the air that infused new vitality into
their bodies. Already the wounds in their souls began to heal. They did not
know that this valley was created especially for the reception of such as
themselves and that the atmosphere was adjusted to heal and strengthen those
who had just made the transition. It was purposely located near the Earth
plane so that the spirits in flight from mortal life could easily attain it
and endure the light which they found there. Obeying a common impulse they
sought a place in the long soft grass and there for a while they slept.
Ann was the first to awake. When she had assured herself of the reality of
the events which had preceded her sleep, she awoke Michael. He woke easily and
naturally, feeling immensely refreshed. He was more inclined to treat their
adventure as a dream until Ann indicated the absence of his watch and
note-case. For a long while he sat, absorbing anew the terrific fact of his
survival. Presently, responding to the inflow of vitality, he got up and
suggested exploring the valley. There was much to see for it was broad and
contained streams and meadows, small woods and outcrops of rock. There were
innumerable wild flowers of a sort they had not seen before. They found the
going easy and experienced no sense of tiredness while, owing to the absence
of sun, there was no night or day, no sense of time. Occasionally they saw
other people in the distance but no one came near to disturb them. During this
period they were both conscious of a new orientation of their relationship. No
longer were they two individuals united by marriage, but two halves of one
self and the new unity was one which transcended anything they had experienced
on Earth. They learned much about each other that they had not known before
and the new knowledge threw a revealing light upon themselves. Added to these
experiences were scraps of an old memory that obtruded at intervals, building
up a picture of some far-off existence which they could not yet recall in
full.
Michael still held a lively memory of his Earthly existence though the
details of his passing were beginning to grow rather dim. Sometimes he would
look a little wistfully at his wrist, feeling it strange to be no longer a
slave to the ticking of a watch. At other times he would pinch himself or
study his skin closely just to reassure himself that he still had a body that
was tangible and alive.
"I really don't know what I expected when I died," he said. "But I
certainly never anticipated anything like this. Just look at that pasture
land, those rolling downs, why it might be Hampshire on a lovely summer's
day."
"Oh, Michael, no, not even dear old England could be so beautiful as this.
Look at that colouring, look at the texture of the grass. You never saw
anything like that on Earth."
"I suppose not," admitted Michael. "Look at those birds, aren't they
brilliant. I wonder what they are."
"And there's a different feeling in the air, a lightness. I never felt so
well on Earth."
Michael paused to gaze up at the high tops of the long ranges of hills that
enclosed the valley. "I say, I wish we could climb up those hills, then we
could really see what this place is like."
"Do you think we ought to?" Ann demurred. "Somehow I feel that we ought to
stay down here till someone fetches us."
"Do you think anybody will? Who was that chap who came with the children?"
Ann faced her husband. "It was the gardener, Michael."
Michael frowned. "The gardener? Why he was a different sort of chap
altogether."
"Yes, I know. But 1 guessed that he had only put on that disguise in order
to meet us. We would never have gone with him into the cottage if he had
appeared like something out of a Grecian history book. Michael dear, he is
part of this odd back-memory we are recovering. 1 don't quite understand it
all yet, but he confirmed that we had known him long ago. He said that it
would all come back gradually, as the Earth influence faded out of our minds."
"Curious. 1 should like to meet him again. I wonder why he is interested in
us."
'''We are indebted to him for looking after the children anyway."
Michael looked longingly up at the hilltops again. They were bathed in even
more generous light than this radiant valley. "I do wish we could get up
there. I am no climber but I've a good mind to have a try." He turned to her,
the old excitement glinting in his eyes. "Coming with me?"
After a dubious look round Ann followed him. His long legs made light of
the ground and soon they were mounting the lower slopes. Ann found it
difficult to keep up with him, he had always been able to beat her at
climbing. She struggled up and up and at length was on the point of crying to
him to wait for her when a sudden thought struck her. Throughout their
exploration neither of them had felt the slightest sensation of tiredness, why
should she find this sudden difficulty? Was there not some way of overcoming
it? Again came that haunting memory. Surely the answer was on the tip of her
tongue? She looked up at Michael away above her and still going strong. She
set her teeth. "I'll won't let him beat me," she muttered to herself. Using
all her efforts she set out once more. To her astonishment she found herself
moving through the air in a gentle graceful leap that carried her some twenty
yards.
"Gracious!" she exclaimed, astonished. Then she gathered her strength and
leapt again. This time she was carried on beyond Michael, exceeding his
distance by about fifteen yards. She heard his gasp of astonishment as she
passed him.
"Hey there! What are you playing at? How did you manage to leap that far?"
His voice was imperious.
Ann's laugh came echoing back to him. "Watch me," she called to him. Like a
bird poised for flight she took off in another gliding leap. Now she was fifty
yards from him.
Michael's eyes flashed with excitement. "I say, that's grand. How do you do
it?" he yelled up to her.
"Try it," she called back. "Just take a jump as if you were going to do a
long-jump and set your mind to where you want to land."
Eagerly as a schoolboy trying a new stunt, Michael did as she told him.
After a few stumbling leaps he became as proficient as she though he swore
that he could not emulate her grace. Ann could alight as gently as a bird.
"1 say, there are points about this place. Come on, let's leap to the top.
It is still a devi1 of a long way off."
Together they leapt onwards in the novel manner, covering tremendous
distances at each effort. But the summit seemed as far off as ever. This time
it was Michael who showed signs of exhaustion while Ann seemed to be gaining
vigour at each leap. Now it was Michael's turn to set his teeth. He was
determined to gain his objective. Ann slowed her pace to suit his leaps which
were growing less in vigor and distance. She watched him with growing alarm.
With a final effort he shot forward another hundred yards. Then he stumbled
and fell, and began to roll down the hill, striving helplessly to stem his
rapid descent. Ann screamed as she saw him bumping downward, like a leaf blown
by the wind. Then she thought suddenly of her friend Tendor. Scarcely was his
name on her lips when he stood, urbane and smiling, at her side. "Michael!"
she gasped, then as she noted the confidence in his smile she relaxed.
"There is no need to be alarmed," he remarked. "Our young friend-in-a-hurry
had to be taught a lesson in a way that would sink into his impetuous nature.
He wil1 come to no harm. Elemental spirits, invisible to your eyes, have borne
him up and will prevent him from hurting himself."
Taking Ann's hand in his he travelled with her down to the bottom of the
hill, accomplishing the journey in less time than it takes to tell. There they
found a rueful Michael sitting by the side of the path. He looked accusingly
at Tendor as if that kindly soul had been responsible for his downfall, "I
don't know what has happened," he said, "it seemed as if some bruiser landed
me one on the chin. I just went down like a ninepin."
Tendor nodded sympathetically. "You became a victim of the forces of
nature. You challenged them by insisting on continuing your climb when your
instinct should have told you that it was unwise. That is one way in which
lessons are taught over here. But you will find that you are not hurt."
Michael got up and brushed the dust off his clothes. He seemed to be none
the worse, only his pride had been hurt. He looked up as Tendor began to speak
again.
"I have come to show you the way to a temporary residence we have prepared
for you. Come, give me your hands."
Taking each by the hand Tendor caused the three of them to move through the
air as if in a flash, so swiftly that neither Michael nor Ann was aware of the
route they took. But when they alighted both gave a gasp of surprise. For
there in front of them was their own house as they had built it on Earth. With
exclamations of pleased surprise they entered and commenced to examine it in
detail. It was in wonderful order, evidently someone had cared for it in their
absence. At length, their inspection over, they joined Tendor in the drawing
room. Here they shot so many questions at him that he held up his hand in
laughing protest.
"We can do many things over here," he said, "but we have not yet mastered
the art of answering a dozen questions in one sentence. Now sit down and I
will explain. First of all you must realise that everything that you create on
Earth, of whatever its nature, has its counterpart in this world. The more
strength of mind and the more care you lavish, the greater the love you pour
out on your work, the finer will be the etheric result. This house is the
exact counterpart of your earthly home and because you lavished so much
affection on that task you will find that you have an enduring result over
here."
Michael looked puzzled. "But," he protested, "our house was burned down.
How can it still be here?"
"If every destructive effort on the part of Spirits in Human bodies were to
have its effect over here we should indeed be at your mercy. No effort on the
part of incarnate Spirits could destroy this house. It is built of more
enduring material than physical matter."
Michael turned interested eyes upon this strange being who spoke so
convincingly. He saw a man of apparently the early thirties, yet he wore the
air of a man full in years and experience. He was good-looking but with a
classical turn to his features which gave him an aspect of more than mere
comeliness. The eyes were strange and compelling yet held tenderness and
compassion. Michael felt he would trust this man anywhere.
"Why did you say this was a temporary home?" asked Ann. Tendor made a
slightly evasive gesture. "I will not try and explain at the moment why it is
so, but you built this house on more than one spiritual plane. There is a
prototype of this house on a still higher plane than this. You two built it
and lived in it many, many years ago. 1t is the original which inspired the
construction of your earthly home and therefore of this one.
Someday you will both return to it to dwell there in happiness with your
children."
There was a silence as the two thought tensely of the joy that awaited
them. Presently Ann gave a little exclamation and bent to examine the skirt of
her dress. "What dreadful material" she murmured with a vexed note in her
voice.
Tendor followed her glance, then he smiled understandingly.
"I told you everything on Earth has its counterpart over here. That dress
you are wearing is a copy of the one you wore at the time of your transition,
the etheric counterpart. But such materials are not designed for spiritual
needs and soon it will fall to pieces."
Ann gave a little cry of dismay. "But look, it is falling to pieces
already. And my wardrobe upstairs is empty."
"We removed the etheric copies of your earthly dresses as they will be of
no use to you. We ventured to provide some robes for you both which may serve
until you can design your own. You will find them now in your own rooms."
Excited, Ann ran off to inspect her new garments, Michael following more
slowly.
"Oh!" exclaimed Ann when she saw what lay upon the bed. "what pretty
material." She held up the robe, surveyed it, draped it upon her person, then
surveyed herself critically in the mirror. Like a pleased child she hurried
after Michael into his dressing room where she pounced upon the garments that
lay upon the little bed there.
Michael dear," she cooed, "you are going to look lovely as one of the Wise
Men from the East."
"What do you mean?" he demanded, taking the robe from her and glaring at it
distastefully. "I refuse to wear fancy dress .... "
"Michael dear, do look what is happening to your old suit."
She took hold of his sleeve and the material gave way as if it had been
rotted by acid. Michael looked disgustedly at his coat, then he glanced at
Ann's dress, and crowed at her.
“First remove the beam from your own eye," he quoted, "look at your own
frock."
And truly Ann's dress was disintegrating before her eyes. With an
exclamation she seized her new robe and flew off to the bathroom whence there
soon came the sound of running water and sundry splashings.
Presently she reappeared and Michael had to admit that the robe suited her
to perfection. It seemed to him to shine as if it reflected a light. The
colouring was that of pale rose and the texture of the material that of the
bloom of a peach. She had never looked so lovely and he told her so. Giving
him a pleased smile and a kiss as a reward she sat down at her mirror to
complete her toilet while Michael scurried into the bathroom to gain cover
before the complete dissolution of his suit.
Being ready first, Ann rejoined Tendor in the drawing room to receive his
compliments on her appearance.
“Thank you for studying my taste so well," she observed with a pleased
smile.
"I am glad you like our efforts."
"The robe is lovely and terribly flattering. I shall never want to wear any
other sort of clothes again."
"Earth clothes are certainly unbecoming. But then you have to consider
climatic and atmospheric conditions which do not trouble us here. You will not
find that your robe flatters you, that is not an effect of spirit robes. They
have rather the effect of showing people up in their true colours, they show
you as you really are."
"I believe you mean that," observed Ann solemnly. Then with a quick glance
at the door, she added, "I want to know something, before Michael comes back.
Why did Michael fall down that hill? And why did he feel so distressed when
climbing while I never felt fitter?"
Tendor looked at her thoughtfully. He seemed to be gauging her capacity to
receive a confidence. "My child," he began, "I call you that with reason, for
I have stood in the place of parent to you and Michael since longer than you
will ever remember. God has made certain plans for the advancement of each one
of us, He has given us the opportunity to learn how to live, how to discover
certain things about ourselves. To enable us to accomplish this He has given
us the priceless gift of free will. If we use it aright, good and well, we
gain our reward without undue effort. But if we are foolish enough to let its
attraction blind us to its reality, if we are foolish enough to ignore the
call of the Spirit within us and submit to the demands of the outer self, then
we find that we have lost our way and have to retrace our steps and set right
that which we have upset. Pain and suffering come from pandering to the outer
self; the pathway that would injure the spirit is hedged with thorns in order
to give both warning and guidance. The Great Spirit ordains the way we shall
go by means of His law of Cause and Effect, 'As ye sow so shall ye reap.'
Michael has not yet learned to control that turbulent self of his, it is more
apt to control him. In his incarnation be ignored the warnings, he walked away
from Perfection instead of towards it. And those who break the laws of Spirit
on Earth and are unable to restore the balance within the span of their
incarnation, have to balance the account over here, else they can advance no
further. But the opportunities here are not so profound as on Earth, the
process is more lengthy and more difficult.
"Once Michael learns not to cramp his spirit with the thought of self and
begins to open his consciousness to the abundant flow of riches, to the power
and love and wisdom which God is waiting to pour into him, then he will
advance rapidly, for be is a powerful spirit and potentially able to
accomplish much. But he cannot be allowed to have recourse to that power until
he has learned how to direct it.
"Had he reached the top of that hill with you be would have seen something
of the glory of a world into which, at the moment, he may not enter. And
because his condition is not yet such as will allow him to remain there, he
would suffer through discontent at having to remain outside its borders.
Through his mistakes on Earth he has caused his etheric body to harden and
become denser than yours. That is why he felt the strain of the rarer
atmosphere as you approached the top of the hill. First the lesson to learn,
then comes the reward."
"Then you mean that we ... ?"
"You, my child, have not the same debts to pay, your karma, or
indebtedness, will not take long to repay. But Michael will have to enter a
sphere of action where he can learn the lessons he needs. The keynote of this
world of Spirit is service, it is through service that be will find his feet
again."
"Poor darling, I am beginning to think I might have helped him more."
Tendor shook his head. "Some day you will understand more fully why these
things have happened. You helped him a great deal, your love for him and the
restraint you exercised during a time of great stress, have smoothed over some
of his difficulties already. They have enabled him to come here with you
instead of making his entry into this world at a lower level than this."
"Has he got to go to a lower place then?"
"Every wrong that a spirit does has to be righted, to the last fraction,
before he can rise to a higher state of consciousness. That is the law. And as
the rectification is made through service it is only natural that the place of
the greatest opportunity will be on a lower level and standard of life."
"And he has got to go ... alone?" she whispered, with agony in her eyes.
Tendor bent his head gravely. "He will make his way better alone. He will
return to you all the sooner."
The door opened and Michael entered, slightly self-conscious in his new
robes. Ann noted that be did not shine very brightly; there was as much
difference between her robes and his as between her own and those of Tendor.
But they became him and he looked more handsome than she had ever seen him
before.
"Are all the men over here dressed like this?" he asked.
"Nearly all," said Tendor. "But I know of a few die-hards who insist on
having their old Earth clothes so we have to oblige them and help them to
patch them up. One old gentleman insisted on going about in patched Earth
clothes until his own tailor came over and was prevailed upon to make the old
chap a suit. But you will find that you are quite in the fashion."
"You don't seem to be very populated just round here," remarked Michael,
looking out of the Window.
"There is a reason for that," explained Tendor, "it is usual not to crowd
round those who have just come over. You will have plenty of visitors when you
wish to receive them."
"How will they know we want visitors?" asked Ann, with a view to possible
social obligations in front of her.
"They will find out for themselves. We have no conventions of the Earthly
kind over here. Visitors just tune in to your wave length and thus they find
whether you would like to see them or not. But it is seldom that people do
refuse visitors, you see there is no difficulty about entertaining."
Michael had been looking curiously at Tendor while he was speaking. "I say,
excuse me, but I seem to be getting your thoughts at the same time as you
speak. They seem to explain a great deal more than you say in words. Is it so
or is it my imagination? I never thought I could thought-read."
Tendor smiled. "Oh yes you can. That is the way we communicate with each
other over here, but to newcomers we usually speak in the language they are
accustomed to until they learn to do as we do. It comes easily enough."
"I'll say it does. Why I get your meaning absolutely and much quicker than
if I had to think what you were saying."
Here Tendor rose to go. "I have other work to do," he explained. "Enjoy
yourselves and be happy together." His eyes twinkled as he added, "The nature
spirits will prevent you from coming to any harm. But should you want any
service of me just will me to be here, and I will come." With a parting smile
he walked a few steps and then faded into thin air.
Michael watched in amazement. "I say, that's clever. I must learn to do
that. I wonder how it's done." He turned back into the house. "Ann, isn't this
all rather wonderful? This chap Tendor who has attached himself to us is just
like the Genie from Aladdin. Rub the lamp and he appears. I wonder who he is?"
"I expect most fairy stories are memories of this life," observed Ann.
"By Jove, yes, I suppose they are." He laughed heartily. "Fancy fairy
stories being true. Fancy going into the club and talking about what we have
found here. I should be asked to resign and dubbed a lunatic. What a mess it
all is."
Ann went upstairs to her room and Michael wandered about the lower floor
making a further inspection. He stood and gazed reflectively at the study from
the doorway. Here it was that he had made that terrible blunder. He felt
grateful that he had shed much of his emotional capacity with his mortal body.
He could stand detached from the event and appraise it in its true light now.
He began to see how the events of his life led up to that happening. A sudden
thought struck him and he went across to the dining room. There in a cupboard
sure enough, was the whisky decanter. Going to the window he hurled the bottle
as far as he could. It shivered into a thousand fragments. He felt better
after that.
Michael and Ann spent happy times together in their old home. They explored
the neighbourhood, bathed in the lake or read again some of their books,
copies of which were arranged in the study just as they were in the material
house. Once or twice visitors called and they had long and interesting
discussions concerning their new environment. It was instructive, they found,
to get view points other than their own. Some of these visits they returned,
finding much to interest them in the variety of the dwellings these people
built for themselves or which they occupied as communities. Ann was delighted
to discover that her ability to paint had increased beyond all her hopes while
Michael too, began to sketch and tried to transfer some semblance of the
brilliant colouring of their surroundings on to paper. In common with their
new friends they attended art schools where the technique necessary for the
altered conditions of the Spirit World was taught to newcomers.
Going further afield they discovered that in this new life all the
unfulfilled longings of Earth life can be fulfilled in the widest sense. Those
who longed in vain for children are given the care of them here; those whose
lives have kept them apart from the animals they love can have charge of them
here; those who desire to express themselves through art can find endless
opportunities to develop such talents in the many planes of the Spirit World.
There are hobbies and pursuits in abundance. But Michael and Ann noticed that
eventually most people respond to the urge to devote their labours and their
talents to some form of service. It is generally accepted that this is the
quickest way to progress and to assuage that constant urge to fulfil oneself
which animates the whole Spirit life.
Presently Ann began to realise that the time must soon come for Michael to
start his new work. She viewed the approaching separation with mixed feelings.
With all her heart she longed to accompany him and aid him to overcome the
difficulties that apparently awaited his conquest, but equally was she drawn
in that other direction, to the side of her children. She longed to accomplish
the impossible and cut herself in two.
But first occurred an event which had a profound influence upon their
outlook. Spirits released from mortal life must, at a certain stage in their
career, face the record of their progress. Michael and Ann had learned from
their friends about this experience which some of them had already undergone.
After discussing the matter with Tendor they expressed their readiness to go
and face their own records.
Tendor expressed his pleasure at this. "I must: warn you," he said, “that
it is not a matter to be lightly undertaken. Much will depend upon how you
view what you see and how you respond to the lessons that you will find you
have already learned. But if you can face it and endure to witness the actions
of your real self, then you will have made a great Stride forward."
At the appointed time Tendor appeared and using his great power,
transported the three of them to the grounds of a building which, on closer
inspection, had same semblance to the type of small cinema used on Earth as a
news theatre. There was a piece of sculpture over the entrance representing
Justice bearing her scales in one hand and a flaming torch in the other. There
was a small entrance hall where an attendant showed Michael and Ann into the
dim interior. Here, in the semi darkness, Tendor bade them a temporary
farewell.
"It will be better," he observed, "if you face yourselves alone." The two
younger spirits were fully conscious by now of the place that Tendor occupied
in their lives, but never till this moment had they been so aware of the deep
love that he held for them. As he stood there his whole being seemed to
radiate love and power which conveyed anew his selfless devotion to them. With
his going out of that somewhat depressing atmosphere some of the light and
warmth of their lives seemed to go with him.
Here the attendant intimated that their ways lay apart. He showed each of
them into a separate compartment. Michael exchanged one last glance of
apprehension with Ann before the door of her compartment closed upon her, then
he followed the attendant into the one reserved for him. He took his place in
the single seat the room contained and settled dawn to await that which he
must see and endure. He scarcely knew what to expect and his mind was filled
with trepidation as he thought back along the eventful lines of his career as
far as he could remember it. He was beginning to remember vaguely that he had
lived before his Earthly incarnation but the details were indistinct. He knew
too that Tendor was closely bound up in that pre-existence.
In this gloomy interior the temperature was decidedly lower than outside,
or so it seemed to Michael. The room was quite empty, he was alone with his
thoughts, ranging along the past. He began to pray for strength to face its
revelations. It seemed to him as he waited there that he was cut off from all
life except that of himself, and ... something else he did not know what. The
loneliness of it was appalling. It was a relief when a light ray shone out and
illumined a screen at one end of the long room. The picture assumed movement
and resolved itself into a form of symbolism quite impossible to translate
into words. The mind of Spirit however found it easier to attach a meaning to
the symbols and Michael began to comprehend that he was witnessing the early
life he had led prior to his incarnation. Deeply interested, he watched what
he knew to be the unfoldment of his and Ann's entry into the realm of
experience. He watched the course of their lives until he came to the time
where they embarked upon the construction of their Spirit house. From then
onwards he grasped the inner meaning of all the major events which built up
the sequence of their existence. Little events of seemingly small importance
now assumed a larger character by reason of their effect on himself or others.
He became aware of a voice that provided a running commentary on the
portrayal. At first he thought it must be part of the picture, an accompanying
sound track, giving in thought-language, the symbology of the events. The
voice was critical beyond measure; he began to wonder who this person was who
took it upon himself to judge him in such forthright terms. No one had warned
him of this. His heart smote him suddenly. The awesome thought came to him
that this might be some manifestation of God's anger with him. All the old
doubts and fears of orthodoxy which he had imbibed in his youth sprang up-once
more to point an accusing finger at him. Was this the Day of Judgment? he
asked himself. Was this portrayal of his life, which had now embarked upon his
incarnate existence, a prelude to a judgment which would determine his future
existence? Orthodoxy dies hard.
Then he remembered that others had faced this inquisition and they seemed
none the worse for it. He summoned his courage and faced the picturisation of
his past in a spirit of determination. To his astonishment he discovered that
the voice was not external to himself but was coming from within his own
being. As if following his train of thought the voice broke in, "It is the
voice of Conscience, your Conscience." The thought stunned him. It was not God
who spoke, not some superior accusing Being judging him from the lofty seat of
omnipotence. It was his own Self, his own Spirit speaking from the highest
pinnacle of its consciousness, from the pure essence of his being. He shrank
into his seat as the terrible significance of the fact burst into his mind.
Never in his wildest dreams had he visioned his ultimate judge as himself. Not
the easy-going, self-excusing mind of the human makeup, but the most
implacable part of his being, the all-knowing Centre of his own
super-consciousness. How cou1d he excuse himself before the terrible
indictment of his own Spirit?
In no uncertain terms the voice went an to emphasise his weaknesses and to
mark the points in his career where his foolishness or ignorance or lack of
effort had influenced other lives to their detriment. Again it would indicate
where his failure to seize an opportunity had resulted in some unhappy
consequence to others which he might have aided them to avoid had he been less
wrapped up in himself. The voice was fair, it gave him credit far what he had
accomplished. But there was no doubt which way the scales of justice were
balanced.
As he watched, fascinated by the logic of it all, he was swept by the first
waves of a remorse that was to hold his Spirit in subjection until it was
redeemed by his own effort. He witnessed the crossing of the threads of Vera's
life and his own; he saw the tragic effect of their foolishness; he
experienced, vicariously, the full horror of what she went through consequent
an the most tragic mistake of all. He witnessed the effects of the shock
received by his own emotional and mental make-up on the news of her death. He
saw how the light of his own Spirit tried to burn through into his outer
consciousness, striving to bring spiritual wisdom and enlightenment into his
outer mind. But the outer mind was too wrapped up in the clamorous needs of
self, the light could not pierce the fog of self induced by his attitude of
pride and resentment. The wretchedness that influenced his whole outlook was a
cloak of self-accusation woven from injury to his own ego rather than regret
born of altruism. So the surface of his mind was grimed and the light of the
Spirit shut out. He lived solely in his outer mind. He viewed life entirely
from the material aspect, not with the clarifying vision of Spirit. The toxin
of alcohol took further effect, coarsening the film over his mind. Excess of
alcohol engendered fungoid growths in his etheric body, throwing off a mental
poison that affected all but his strongest thoughts. He saw his relations with
his beloved Ann strained to breaking point. He saw himself, while retaining
the outer semblance of gentility, gradually sink into a condition bordering an
bestiality. His very soul cried out as he watched the creeping tongues of
flame weaving ever nearer to the sleeping forms of his children ....
* * * * * * * * * *
He came to with Tendor bending over him. It was a warm bright light that
met his opening eyes and the scene around him was one of quiet beauty. He was
in the open air beside a path that wound along a hillside. Behind Tendor was
Ann, wearing a look of deep concern. She came to his side.
"Did you see what I saw?" he asked her. He gave her the chief events of the
portrayal he had just witnessed.
She nodded. "Yes, it was something like that. Only I saw my faults
emphasised, I saw where I might have helped you and did not. Oh, Michael,
forgive me."
"I didn't deserve your help, my dear. Heavens, what a showing up. I'll
never be able to live all that down."
"Oh yes you will," broke in Tendor. "You stood up to it very well."
Michael sat up and gazed at him in wonder. "I couldn't see much in my
picture to be congratulated about."
"Do not be too concerned about that. What matters is that you stood it far
longer than most people do. You will reap the benefit for your stoicism."
Michael looked puzzled. "How is that?"
"The scroll of life is allowed to unfold and to display the full karma of
the individual, that is to say the aggregate of the debit balance which the
individual has built up. Some spirits are of course unable to endure a tenth
of the vision of their karma at one sitting. When they can endure no more they
cry 'enough.' Then they set to work and start redressing the adverse balance
through service. When they are sufficiently advanced they come back and see
the rest of the portrayal. You were fortunate, you managed to endure nearly to
the end."
"How can I set all that right? there is so much of it."
"On that you must enquire within. I have no mandate to ordain what will
suffice to wipe the slate clean for you. You must enquire within, of that
voice you heard which is the manifestation of God within you."
Michael dropped his face into his hands, bowed down with the thought of
what had confronted him. "How can I ever efface all that. Oh the misery of
that poor girl, the sufferings that she endured. And oh Tendor! She is
enduring still, she is paying the price still for taking her own life, that
part of the picture had no ending, it stopped abruptly. I feel that somewhere,
somehow, she is suffering still."
An arm stole round his shoulder and a voice whispered in his ear. "My
darling, my love will shield and help you. Let us face this together. I am so
filled with remorse. I see now how I could have helped you, but I was so
filled with thoughts of myself, so horrified by the terrible temptation that
was assailing you, that I failed you, I shut you out of my life when I ought
to have loved you all the more. Something tells me that you will have a chance
to help Vera. Let us keep our minds an that thought."
Tendor left the two to a truer and deeper reconciliation than either had
dreamed possible. Out of the chaos of disaster was born the shining promise of
wisdom, as is the way with suffering. The knowledge gave each of them new
courage and new confidence.
Conscious that Michael had recovered his vitality, Tendor drew near him
again and said: "It will be well if we walk home the short way, over the hill.
It is not far."
So they set out and as they went Tendor discoursed on the ramifications of
this great law of Cause and Effect which is the way of education of the
individual. The path wound along the side of the hill and as they drew near
the tap of the ridge a stranger came in sight. He was a handsome man with a
fine quality of expression. Ann thought his eyes the most wonderful she had
ever seen. As he came close he stopped and greeted them. It was noticeable
that Tendor greeted him with great respect.
The stranger turned to Michael and Ann; he had a beautiful voice. "I gather
that you have both been witnessing the scroll of your lives and that you have
accepted the implications of what you have seen."
Michael and Ann were rather nonplussed as no mention had been made of their
recent experience. Michael gathered that he must be same person of importance
who had means of ascertaining these things. As his eyes met the gaze of that
other he felt the flow of love coming from him in which all his own misery and
heartache seemed to be dissolved. The flame in his heart was kindled anew till
it glowed in a glorious response.
"Many have made mistakes," continued the Stranger, "it is from those
mistakes that you learn to use your birthright. Never forget that you are
children of God. You have learned now never to judge others, for to judge
others is to judge God. How shall you judge a spirit whose life is hidden in
God? Thus no one shall judge you, but yourself. You have learnt now that it is
foolish to identify your being with the body instead of the Spirit. Let your
mind dwell now on the importance of your relationship ta God rather than on
the importance of yourself as a unit. Creep back to the Father and say that
you have erred, and feel once more the arms of Love that enfold your atom in
His Greatness where it belongs, and again go out to learn to be great instead
of small, to be powerful instead of weak, to be generous instead of selfish,
to think in terms of the Oneness of mankind and not from your own little point
of view. Go forward stronger and stronger in the Consciousness of God in you
and spurn the old great lie of Self. Be at peace, all is well."
Michael and Ann saw Him raise His hand in benediction and felt the flow of
power that streamed from it. They bowed their heads in reverence. When they
looked up the Stranger had gone. Conscious that something of unusual nature
had occurred, they looked to Tendor far an explanation.
"Do you know who that was?" he asked. They shook their heads.
"It was the Master Himself."
Incredulity showed in two pairs of eyes. “How can that be? The Master must
be a very Glorious Being."
"The Master is indeed a very Glorious Being, but He is also a very humble
Being. He is your elder brother for both you and He are children of the Great
Spirit. You must realise that He loves to manifest in many planes of existence
in such a way as to be seen clearly on that plane. So He showed Himself now as
you are, that you may know Him as someone very near to you. He does not wish
to be regarded as a distant Deity. You will find that He manifests in many
guises and in many places. He does not always declare Himself for it is the
message that counts, not the messenger; that has always been His theme."
Overcame by the wonder of that contact Michael and Ann walked slowly on to
their home. As they neared the house Michael stopped suddenly and faced
Tendor.
"Tendor!" he cried, his eyes ablaze. "I will dare anything now. I have seen
His face and He asked me to work for Him. The wonder of that will see me
through anything. Tell me when and where I can start."
"I am glad you feel that," said Tendor quietly. "Let that light burn
steadfastly, my son, for there is much for you to accomplish. Have no fear,
the way will open for you."
With his usual impetuosity Michael could scarcely wait to commence his
self-imposed task. He felt bursting with the desire to serve, to make
restitution for all the mistakes he had made. But time and time again Tendor
would impose restraint.
"The time is not yet came," he would say, "there is a time for all things
and nowhere is that truer than in these realms."
To add to Michael's impatience was the fact that he found himself more and
more unable to face the bright light and so was forced to remain indoors.
Tendor explained that he was growing a new body, and with it a new pair of
eyes, that would enable him to function and experience more efficiently on the
lower plane whither he was bound on his errand of service. Ann noted that his
robes were growing less radiant, less able to reflect the light within. It was
because his make-up was being reduced in vibration that he found it hurtful to
expose himself for any length of time to the full effect of the Cosmic rays
which lit up this sphere.
Presently they had a visitor whom they had not met before. He was a young
man, extremely good-looking, with the gentle reflective eyes of the thinker.
He gave the name of John. Ann puzzled her mind to account for a strange
likeness to Michael in his features. Michael had no brothers that she knew of.
She mentioned the resemblance to Tendor at his next visit.
“So you noticed that," he remarked. "I sent that young man to you. He
certainly has a resemblance to Michael for he is Michael's son.”
Michael gave a gasp of astonishment while Ann's eyes opened in wonder.
"She whom you knew as Vera on the Earth plane came over to this side
carrying your child, Michael."
"Yes, but the child was never born," said Michael.
"Oh yes it was," insisted Tendor. "You remember my telling you that
everything in your Earth life has its counterpart over here. You cannot
destroy Spirit. The young life that could not accomplish a physical birth, was
born into this world instead. Vera took her own life and in doing so destroyed
the physical body she was building for you child. But she could not destroy
the spirit which was already in possession."
"B-but I don't understand," put in Ann, "that was a baby. This is a man."
"You must not think that we have no sort of time over here." said the
Guide. "We are not bound by clocks but we too have a cycle of events. Babies
who pass into this realm at an early age go on growing until they reach the
age of about thirty of your Earth years. Then they stop, they do not grow old.
Old people who make the transition grow younger until they reach the same age,
the ideal age. But they do not necessarily rejuvenate at once. That is one of
the rewards for the acquisition of the necessary wisdom.
An exclamation from Michael caused the other two to turn in his direction.
"If only we had known some of this on Earth," he cried, with resentment in his
voice. "If only people realised what the consequences of their actions were,
they would be more careful, they just wouldn't do these things. If I could
only go back and shout these truths from the housetops."
There was a wistful smile on Tendor's face as he replied. "We all say that
when we first come back from Earth. You can see now in what depths of
ignorance they are living. But if you retain that desire to go back and try to
get the truth through, then an opportunity will assuredly open up for you to
do so. But remember that things are not so bad as they appear at first,
everything is in the hands of a wise and all-loving Father who does not make
mistakes. It is we who make the mistakes. No suffering is in vain, no one can
lose through suffering."
"How can that be?" cried Michael. "Are we then to sit like a lot of prigs
and watch our friends suffering and make little or no attempt to help them?"
Then, ashamed of his outburst, he added, "But I expect you are right, you
always are."
"Do not mistake my meaning," said Tendor patiently. “You must never forget
that God is all-love and all-sympathy and He would not have you other than
like Him. With the Earth in its present state of ignorance incarnating souls
have to take it as they find it, they have to plunge into the depths to learn
its lessons, but remember that the deeper you plunge, the greater the
experience, the greater the gain as a result of that experience. God does not
wish the Earth to remain in such a state and when the World becomes lifted up
in consciousness and realises the state it is in, then its inhabitants will
learn to live in harmony and mutual service as we do here. When the present
fear and acquisitiveness have been overcame the experiences will be far less
painful, suffering will be far less acute, and incarnating spirits will be
able to learn their lessons vicariously to a large extent. Take your own case.
Had you passed through life like a butterfly, tasting here and there the
little sweetnesses, would you be able to hold the depth of sympathy that you
do now? Would you have benefited if someone had cut short your incarnation so
that you did not experience your share of suffering?"
“No, I am beginning to see what you mean now. But if the world gives better
opportunities for experience in its present state of ignorance, why alter it?"
"God does not wish His children to suffer for the sake of suffering. It is
they who establish the causes and therefore have to endure the results. God's
wish is to wipe out the ignorance on Earth so that mortals can gain experience
without plunging so deeply into suffering. But he would not help mankind by
doing that as a single act of His Will. It was the cruelty of man to man, the
greediness of man to acquire, born of his inherent desire to experience, that
has closed down the channels of inspiration in so many human bodies and made
the Earthly mind responsive only to material and intellectual considerations.
But Earth will not always be the dense material realm you found it, the
redemptive process is going on through the efforts of spirits who incarnate
and suffer, and thereby learn the needs of Earth, from which springs a desire
to help it. Earth is changing its condition, at present it is at the bottom
bend in its curve. Soon it will begin to rise on the ever upward cycle. It is
the work of such as you who have realised its need, to help it to rise and
even in some cases to incarnate once more in order the more effectively to
bring it aid."
“You speak as if Earth were a living creature," said Michael.
"Of course Earth is alive, it is indeed a living entity. You must get rid
of that idea that Man, in his conceit, has proclaimed, that only Man has a
soul. Remember that every atom in the Universe, whether it be rock or gas or
Human flesh, is animated by God's power, without which it would disintegrate.
Every planet, every star, is a huge reservoir for God's power which holds it
together and gives it life. And in the millions of years of its existence that
living, animating power acquires characteristics which are implanted by the
spirits which incarnate upon that planet. The civilisation which man has built
up on Earth is reflected upon its atmosphere, and has given it certain
characteristics, the chief of which is suffering. And as it is man who has
imprinted that character so only man can redeem that imprint. "
"Shall we incarnate again?" asked Ann.
"I have no authority to answer that question. It will be for you to decide,
in communion with your inner selves." He rose to depart, and soon Michael and
Ann were alone.
Hardly had Tendor left than a visitor arrived. In the sensitive way of the
Spirit World they became aware in their minds of the near approach of a
stranger and sent out instant thoughts of welcome. A moment later John entered
the door and gave them greeting in his quaint reserved way. "May the Great
Spirit bless all in this house," he murmured as he crossed the threshold. "It
is good of you to receive me," he added, his face lighting up in a smile for
Ann.
Michael got up and went to the boy and put his hands upon his shoulders. "I
have just learned the truth about our relationship. You are aware that you are
my son?"
John bowed his head slightly. "Tendor the learned, has told me."
"This is wonderful," said Ann, impulsively, "why didn't you tell us
before?"
“I do not quite know what it means to be a son," he said, simply, "you see
I have not experienced Earth life."
Michael was having a little struggle with himself as he observed: "I am
sorry, that was my fault to a large extent. I have learnt since I came over
what it means to cut short an incarnation."
John's eyes lit up. "That is kind of you to say that. You see I know so
little, I haven't much experience. But I have reached Earth through you, I am
grateful for that. It is nice to think that I have accomplished that much."
Michael made a despairing gesture. "That madness which Vera and I gave way
to, it seems to follow one everywhere."
"Please do not distress yourself on my account," begged John. "I am really
very happy. I am able to study a lot and so remedy my ignorance about
incarnation on Earth. Perhaps it is for the best. If I had stayed there I
might have made many mistakes and acquired a lot of karma. Then I might not
have been able to do the work I love so much."
"What is that?" enquired Ann.
"I am entrusted with the reception and care of some of the animals who come
over here from Earth, especially those who are hastened out of their
incarnations by mankind. My particular areas are set apart for animals
slaughtered for food, I have a sort of hospital for them. Poor creatures, they
are so terrified that sometimes we can do nothing with them, and they tear
madly round our fields trying to escape from a fate which no longer threatens
them."
Ann gave a cry of dismay. "Poor darlings, how they must suffer. What
terrible things we Humans did on Earth without knowing what we were doing."
"I have been studying in the colleges here about the effect of eating meat
as the Earth people do. Fear nearly always fills the minds of the animals
about to die and it has a direct effect on the flesh of their bodies, it
creates poisonous toxins which permeate the flesh and are so subtle that the
human system has difficulty in eliminating them. So they accumulate until they
find expression in the form of disease. I find it all very interesting. I am
told that having only touched the fringe of Human existence I have established
a link that animals understand, yet I have not acquired the subconscious fear
that divides animals from men. So we get on very well together."
"Well, that's another lesson I have learned," commented Michael. "By the
way ... have you ... er ... contacted your mother?"
A pathetic little smile hovered on John's lips as he shook his head. "No, I
have tried, but I cannot get there. I am told that she is learning new lessons
and must not be disturbed. But we are to meet again some day. Oh how I long
for that time. There is so much that I long to learn from her about incarnate
life. Perhaps you could teach me?" he asked wistfully, addressing Michael.
Michaels' eyes dropped. It wasn't easy to confess failure to his own son.
"I am afraid I cannot teach you. I, too, have much to learn and I must go to
the place where lessons are easiest to learn. But should I happen to meet your
mother I shall have some wonderful news to give her."
"Oh if you would." There was a passionate note in John's voice that spoke
of intense frustration and a deep longing to taste of that mother-love so
tragically denied him.
"John." It was Ann who spoke and her eyes were shining with a soft light
that found an echo in John's heart. "Will you let me help you in the meantime?
When Michael goes to his new work I am to go home to my children. Perhaps you
could visit us there and I would so love to help you to understand some of the
problems and perhaps ... some of the joys, too, of Earth life."
John's eyes lit up with a sudden hope. "Oh that would be fine. I know so
little, I have so much to learn. And I would love to show you and your
children my animals. Even the fiercest become tame in time and they are lovely
to watch."
"The children will love that," said Ann, "and so shall I."
She did not add that the notion gave her a new hope. Not only did the
mother in her long to comfort this youth who had been denied so much, but she
clung to this new interest in the hope that it would assuage the ache of
parting from Michael.
It was soon after this that warning came from Tendor that Michael should
prepare himself for his new venture. The opportunity had come. Ann and he drew
closer together in the time of waiting, comforting themselves with the
knowledge that he had chosen aright and would meet and overcome his karma.
Nevertheless it was with beating heart that Ann saw the form of their beloved
Guide approaching and noted with dismay that he wore a robe of some rough
material so unlike his usual bright array, which dimmed his iridescence. In
his hand he carried a stout staff.
A tender look came into his eyes as he saw the misery in Ann's face. "Fear
not, my child, this is an occasion for rejoicing, not for lamentation. Your
dear one sets out on an errand of healing and rescue. I hope great results
from this venture." He turned to Michael. "And now, my son, are you ready? It
is not too late to change your mind."
"I have made up my mind," affirmed Michael stoutly. "I see that this is the
way out for me."
Tendor nodded his head sagely. "Well spoken, my boy. It would only be
delaying your progress to let this opportunity go. Come, let us be on our
way." He started off down the path, leaving Michael and Ann to make their
final farewells."
These two had learned to improve on the straining embraces of Earth life.
They just allowed their consciousness to merge into one another, a far more
satisfying and ecstatic at-one-ment than any fondling could emulate. Then with
one final deep look of understanding and love, they parted. Michael followed
Tendor down the path that led into the valley below while Ann stood at its
head watching as long as she could see them. At a bend in the path Michael
turned to wave his hand to his beloved, perched high above him.
"God bless you, my darling," he cried to her.
Soft as the whisper of the wind came the answer, floating down into the
valley of the shadows, "I am always with you, beloved."
Part 4: DESCENT
As Michael and Tendor strode onwards a change in the natural
surroundings began to be noticeable. The green grass and graceful foliage of
the upper slopes gave place to rocky outcrop and stunted undergrowth. The
atmosphere was getting cooler and Michael found a strange heaviness assailing
his legs as if he were wading through shallow water. Tendor gave him his hand
and the feeling lessened.
"You will soon get used to it," he said. "It is due to the sudden
transition from the rarer atmosphere. It is for that reason we are walking
instead of using a more rapid form of transit. You will find the sudden change
difficult to cope with as you are going to remain down here for some time."
Nevertheless they covered the ground at a surprising rate and soon the
valley began to widen into open country. Here they came upon the first signs
of habitation. Varying from shacks to large farmhouses there were signs of
attempts to re-create the environment of Earth life. Many of the dwellings had
been commenced and then for some reason left incomplete, while in most cases
there were indications of lack of skill, same of them pathetic. Usually the
dwellings were surrounded by some sort of garden but only rarely could any
attempt at cultivation be discerned.
Tendor described these abodes as the homes of people who on Earth were
restricted in their views and stunted in spiritual development. Those who are
naturally lazy and unwilling to think far themselves make the transition with
a complete lack of the equipment which makes for spiritual progress. Thus they
naturally drift towards congenial influences in the new world so unexpectedly
presented to them. Inertia cannot find a place in the busy realms of the
higher spheres and so it is to the lower planes that these people come. There
is nothing evil about them, they are merely unawakened spiritually. Presently
passers-by began to be more frequent, some of them in Earthly dress still,
though most of them wore spirit robes of dull hue and inartistic design. They
all appeared to be intent on their own business and paid little attention to
other travellers.
Michael gave a little shiver, due not so much to cold as to the lack of the
life-giving rays to which he had become accustomed. He realised that it was
due to this lack of vital life-forces that the inhabitants of this plane
seemed to be so lifeless and uninterested. Also he was beginning to be
troubled by Earthly memories which were assuming a sharper outline than he
could remember since he passed over. Little events connected with his business
came floating back into his consciousness like old familiar acquaintances.
He explained his experience to Tendor. "Is it owing to association of ideas
because we are seeing habitations and people more like the Earthly ones?"
"Not entirely that," said Tendor. "The nearer you get to Earthly vibrations
the more Earthly your thoughts. You are always surrounded by your thoughts
wherever you are, but in the higher realms thoughts of a lower vibration are
less able to impinge upon your receptiveness. When you come down here your
vibrations are lowered and such thoughts have easier access to your mind."
"Is that what is wrong with these people whom we are passing? One can see
the difference in them to those you meet further up the valley."
"To some extent these people have brought their own environment over with
them and you can see the effects of it in the dwellings and other attempts to
adapt themselves to their surroundings. You managed to break away from your
environment very quickly, largely as a result of Ann's love for you. That
enabled you to go to a higher plane, temporarily, until you had found your
feet and mapped out your future progress. You can see there the power of love,
it is not mere sentiment, as many seem to think."
"They were now entering the suburbs of a large town and Michael noted with
astonishment the signs of Earthly civilisation carried over into this new
dimension. There were even shops with a display of goods and he was about to
question Tendor concerning these when he saw a familiar figure coming towards
them, a man short in stature, with a little wisp of a moustache, clad in a
dark city suit.
As he drew near Michael pulled up with a jerk. "Why, Smith, how did you get
here?"
The man looked Michael up and down, then his face lit up.
"Why, if it isn't Mr. Blair." Rather shyly he took hold of the outstretched
hand. "Well I never, fancy meeting you down here, sir. Doing a bit of helping
work, I expect."
Michael shook his head. "No. I have to stay here for a while. If you
understand me?"
"Well, wonders will never cease. To think of our meeting like this. Many is
the time you've come into my little shop for some 'baccy and then found you
hadn't the price of it. That was in the old days. Then you got rich and you
insisted on dealing with me for your cigars and such like. That was fine, that
was. And may I enquire for the lady, sir?"
"She and I came over together, I have just left her. Where do you live?"
"I've got rooms not far from here. And you?" "I've only just arrived .... "
"Perhaps you would like to take rooms in the same house as your friend,"
put in Tendor.
Michael looked enquiringly at his late tobacconist. But the little man
smiled deprecatingly. "It wouldn't suit you. Not what you are accustomed to.
You'd best try one of the big hotels, not that I think very much of them
myself, a pretty rotten crowd uses them."
"I'd much rather stay in the house where you are, Smith."
Smith looked delighted. "Oh, would you, sir? Well I must say that is very
nice of you. But you know, Mrs. Bean is not all one could desire although the
place is as clean as you could expect. I'm always getting it for not wiping my
boots."
"Come," exclaimed Michael, "let us go and interview the worthy Mrs. Bean."
A few minutes later Smith halted outside a five-storied house which
displayed a notice 'Apartments' in a ground floor window. While they waited
for someone to answer Smith's ring at the bell Michael looked up and down the
road. It was strangely like any road in a European city, and yet there was a
difference which he could not at the time recollect. Here in the town the air
was thicker than in the country as if there was some smoke haze about. He
turned as Tendor came to his side.
"I shall leave you here," the Guide announced. "Your friend Smith will look
after you, that has all been arranged. I know this house and the woman who
owns it will look after you if you treat her right."
Michael nodded. "You will be seeing Ann?" he asked.
Tendor smiled understandingly. "You do not need me as an intermediary, but
I will give Ann full details of your welfare and whereabouts. Call on me if
you need help but it will be better if you try and deal with your troubles
entirely on your own. That is the surest way to overcome them." With a tender
smile of farewell he turned away and was soon lost among the crowds that
thronged the street.
"Here you are, Mr. Blair, Mrs. Bean can give you a room." Michael swung
round to where Smith was interviewing the landlady. He saw a tall angular
woman of a regular type. She looked him over appraisingly.
"I am a respectable woman, Mr. Blair," she said, "always have been. And I
expect my gentlemen to be respectable too. No late hours, no coming in the
worse for a drop, no lady visitors, them's my rules. Take 'em or leave 'em."
She retailed the list with an ease born of practice.
"I should like to come and stay here and I promise to abide by your rules,"
said Michael with an ingratiating smile. He and Smith followed her up the
stairs while she continued to talk.
"Not but what I've had much trouble in this place. Quite a well-behaved lot
I've had, I must say. It was different in London, but once having made rules I
believe in keeping to them. This will be your room, Mr. Blair. First floor
front, my best room. You will have to excuse the shabbiness. It's the
atmosphere of this place, gets into the material and even the woodwork,
something shocking, just rots everything it does. It's the same everywhere. I
am always replacing things but they fall to bits almost as fast as you replace
them."
"All right, Mrs. Bean," put in Smith with a decisive air. "I will show my
friend round, we won't trouble you any more."
Mrs. Bean blinked, as if she would have liked to be troubled a good deal
more provided she was allowed to continue talking. Then a cunning look came
over her face. "You'll excuse me, Mr. Blair. But seeing as how you've no
luggage, it would be best to have no misunderstanding. Pay in advance is the
best way."
Michael's hand flew to his breast where the note case should have reposed.
Then he realised that he was wearing robes. He had neither cash nor note case.
Smith came to the rescue. Diving into his pocket he produced a golden
sovereign, then another and another. Into Mrs. Bean's eager hands he dropped
them with a little smile. A glint of avarice in her eye, the woman pocketed
the coins and withdrew, leaving the two men alone.
"I say," exclaimed Michael, "that was awkward. So sorry to have to sponge
on you, I don't quite know how I can repay you."
An amused smile spread over Smith's face. "Sit down," he said, motioning to
a chair. "Now hold out your hand, palm upwards." Michael did so.
"Now concentrate your thoughts as hard as you can and 'will' that a
sovereign shall lie upon your palm."
Michael did as he was told and to his amazement a golden sovereign began to
materialise in his hand. Just a semblance at first, then it grew more and more
solid. He picked it up and felt it. It was perfectly hard and correctly
marked. A slow grin spread over his features. "What wouldn't they give to be
able to do that on Earth." Still smiling at his achievement he added, "But why
sovereigns, and why does she want them from us, why can't she make them
herself?"
"She hasn't got the hang of it yet, she still believes material things to
be all-important and until she has learned that it is unnecessary she must be
dependent upon others for money. We still keep to the gold standard because
paper notes are even more perishable than metal down here. Nothing lasts very
long in this atmosphere. You will notice that workmen are constantly repairing
the buildings. Even this gold will disintegrate in a few days. It is one of
the ways of teaching people to desire something more lasting than mere
material objects. But the money has its uses, they will accept it in the
shops."
"Shops?" echoed Michael. "Do you mean to tell me that those were real shops
I passed coming here, with real things to sell?"
Smith smiled. "You have a lot to learn. You must remember that we are very
near Earth here in every way. To this plane come those who are so wrapped up
in the material life that they cannot comprehend existence without many of the
objects to which they are accustomed. You see, many of these people here were
Atheists, or rigid sectarians who expected to sleep till the Judgment Day or
to find God waiting to meet them and carry them off into the clouds. Of course
these things didn't happen and instead they find an existence not very
different from the Earthly one and themselves with the same old longings and
prejudices and habits. They would be miserable if they could not fulfil them,
even in an illusory way so gradually this City of Illusion had been built up,
with some means of gratifying many of the wants of its inhabitants. In this
way copies of Earthly prototypes have come into existence. Take Mrs. Bean, for
instance, the only life she knew of was that of the rather narrow-minded
landlady. So as she could not throw off that life, she has re-created it here.
She has been helped, of course, because through that experience she will
eventually find release. Some of these people need almost a tin-opener to
release their inhibitions. For the same reason we have shops here. People who
cannot rid themselves of their dependency upon shops have caused their
creation."
Suddenly Michael gave a little shiver. He laughed apologetically. "I
suppose I must be cold."
Smith got up. "No, it is not cold, it is depletion, due to the sudden
change from the plane on which you have been living." He went over to a
cupboard in a corner of the room. "I'll turn on the gas fire," he added.
"Wonders will never cease," laughed Michael, getting up and crossing the
room to look into the cupboard. Sure enough, there was a meter similar to the
gas meters used on Earth. Smith produced a shilling by his usual process and
inserted it into a slot. Then he turned a tap and a gentle glow came from the
fire grate. "Of course it isn't really coal gas," he observed as they resumed
their seats. "It is really the Cosmic rays that light up the Spirit World
conducted here in a condensed form. They have a wonderful revitalising effect,
just like a fire did on a cold night on Earth. So this fire serves the purpose
for the people here and does them good spiritually as well."
Relaxing in his chair Michael began to recognise, in the rays that came
from the grate, some of the heartening influence of the life-giving vitality
that characterised the realm he had just left. The thought led him to wonder
what Ann and the children were doing. Presently he turned to the little
tobacconist and said:
"Tell me, if it will not distress you, how you came to be here." For a
moment the other gazed thoughtfully into the fire. "You knew my shop in
London. But you didn't know my home that lay behind it. I lived there with my
wife, my dear Kate." He spoke softly, as one who treads on delicate ground.
"She was a lovely girl when I married her, pretty as a picture. We were so
happy. But we had no children, perhaps that was the trouble. Kate was highly
strung, very nervy. She took to drink, at first. Oh you can guess what
happened.... " He spread out his hands in a pathetic little gesture. "Then
when it wasn't enough for her, she took to drugs. I didn't guess the
difference till too late. I tried, oh, how I tried. But it wasn't any use.
They took her off to a home; she used to rave at times. She didn't know me any
more. My poor little beautiful Kate .... "
Michael said nothing. There seemed no words in which he could express what
he felt. He had a vision of a poor raddled creature whom Smith insisted on
regarding as beautiful, holding only the thought of what she had once been.
These quiet little men, what tragedies are hidden behind their trim frontages.
With a little sigh, Smith brought his thoughts back out of the past and
continued. "Then, when she had gone, there didn't seem to be much to live for.
I got ill and ... came over here. I went to the Lowlands first and spent a
long time studying things. But I wasn't happy, I wanted my Kate, I couldn't
get on without her. Then one day I met ... the Master. Such a wonderful face
He had, such a lovely voice, yet dressed so simply, like any traveller."
"Yes, I know," put in Michael, "I too have seen Him."
Smith nodded. "Aye, once you have seen Him He binds you to Him with ropes
of love. You don't want ever to be loosed from those bonds. He asked me to
work for Him, down here, while I was waiting for my dear Kate to come over. He
said I could help her that way. And He was right. In spite of the
circumstances here I have been happier than since I came over. You see, I know
that my Kate will come over soon, and they are going to put her in a hospital
in the country here where she will start getting rid of the effects of the
drugs, for she will still have the craving even here. I've seen the place,
it's not bad. She wouldn't be able to stand the pressure any higher up. The
doctors told me my love would help her a lot. I hope it will. I am trying to
save up all the love can."
Michael's heart warmed to this little man, so faithful to his true love, in
spite of all he must have endured. "How do you· mean," he asked, "save up
love?"
"Quite simple. There is a law in the world of Spirit called the law of
Cause and Effect, and another called the law of Compensation. When you do
someone a good turn, whether on Earth or over here, the act has a result on
your etheric condition, lightens it as it were. Money in the bank, so to
speak. And when you do the opposite, well, you lose something from your
condition, you payout and eventually you may have an overdraft. Most of the
folk round here have overdrafts and they cannot move on till they have earned
enough to pay them off. And so I am saving up love so that I can give it to
others who need help, my dear Kate among them."
"Tell me, you have become quite different since we came in here. Were you
playing a part when you met me in the street?"
Smith smiled deprecatingly. "Well you see, when I came down here I thought
it best to remain what I was, just an unknown tobacconist. I don't usually
mention that I came here of my own free will. I find it easier to help people
if I meet them on level terms. I knew you were coming but I didn't know how
you would be taking it. So I put on my old suit, just in case. Don't if you
would rather not, but perhaps you would like to tell me your story."
Michael told him, revealing everything, hiding nothing.
When the recital was over Smith leaned back in his chair.
"Yes," he murmured, "it is always the same. We would give all the wealth in
the world to go back and undo what we have done. But that is the way of it.
That is the way we have to learn, and the more wrong things we learn the
harder it becomes to unlearn." He got up and went over to the window. "Come
here," he said.
Michael got up and joined him. He looked out to see a familiar vista of
chimney pots, backyards and washing, and in the distance, a vision of crowded
streets. Suddenly a row of lights came on in the streets, then another and
another. Although it was broad daylight the city was lit up.
"Goodness," cried Michael, "you don't mean to tell me that you have night
and day here?"
No, even the desires of the materially minded cannot accomplish that. But,
you see, these people are so accustomed to being ruled by time that they hit
upon this idea to mark the passage of what they call a day. It is now
officially night and the shops and businesses will close and the people will
go home. I shut my shop early to-day."
Michael frowned. "Your shop? You don't mean to tell me that you sell 'baccy
here? Do people smoke?"
"Oh yes, some do. But remember that what we have here is only a counterpart
of what you had on Earth, there is not much flavour about my cigarettes." He
brought a case out of his pocket. "Have one," he invited. Michael took one and
lit it from Smith's proferred lighter. He puffed and puffed. A little vapour
came out of the paper tube but there was no taste, no satisfaction in the act.
He turned a puzzled face to Smith. "Do you mean to say people buy these?"
"Oh yes. When they come over here most of them lose their taste for food or
smokes because the spirit body does not need these things for its sustenance.
But in some there is the incessant craving which, if it were not assuaged in
some way, would obsess the mind to the exclusion of all else. That wouldn't
help them to get on so we provide these cigarettes which give their stunted
minds an illusion of smoking. I sell quite a lot. And if they haven't the
price, well, that doesn't matter." He laughed. "It's like running a nursery,
isn't it." He turned back into the room. "Well I think I will leave you now to
have some rest an your first night in our City of Illusion. You can sleep here
if you want to. It isn't necessary but most people do. Just lie an your bed
and most likely you'll drop off."
"I don't know how to thank you far all you've done to help me."
But the little man would have none of it. "Don't thank me. It has been a
pleasure. You see, you made a link down there an Earth, and that made it
easy." With which parting shot he closed the door.
Left to himself, Michael sat and gazed into his fire and pondered over the
strange events that had occurred since he left the Lowlands. How long ago that
seemed already, or was it? Dash it, he was getting entangled in the meshes of
time again. Then the fire went out and he had to conjure up another shilling
for the slot. Scarcely had he got it going again when there came a knock at
the door. At his invitation it opened and the landlady glided in. With a
murmured apology Mrs. Bean went aver to the meter and with a master key
unlocked it and abstracted the two shillings. Holding them tightly, she
carefully locked the meter again, and made far the door.
"They makes the money of such rotten stuff," She confided as she passed
him, "that if you don't get rid of it quick it may melt away before you can
spend it. I shall go round to the shops first thing in the morning and turn
this into something more durable." Then she bade him good-night and closed the
door.
The incident gave Michael a sickening sense of unreality. It all seemed so
different to what he had thought. And yet, as he reflected on the causes, he
began to wonder if that would not, after all, be the quickest way of working
on the mind of such as this woman. It was clear that no amount of talking
would cause her to alter her fixed ideas. Gradually the transient nature of
money and material things would sink in and she would begin to look for
something more lasting. Perhaps after all this City of Illusion was a merciful
dispensation. He became conscious of a feeling of sleepiness. He got up and
lay down on the bed. He thought of Ann and with the thought she seemed to draw
near him. With a delightful feeling of happiness he felt himself being drawn
out of the dense body he was occupying ....
Michael awoke to find Smith bending over him. "Wake up," he said with a
chuckle, "it is morning. At least the lights are off." Michael got up and went
over to the window. Sure enough the lights had gone out. In the City of
Illusion it was officially daytime. With a little laugh he turned back into
the room. He noted that Smith had abandoned his suit and was wearing a robe
like his own.
Smith announced that it was time to set out for his shop so Michael said he
would accompany him. There were few folk about as the two went down the
street, Smith explaining that the crowds did not appear until the shops were
open and the general activities of the city were in full swing. As they
approached the corner of the block Michael stopped and began to sniff the air.
"That's a familiar smell," he declared, looking enquiringly at his
companion.
"Fish," replied Smith laconically, "fried fish."
Michael shrugged his shoulders. "I give it up. I believe I am back on Earth
and I have only been dreaming."
Smith laughed. "You have got a lot to learn, as I said before. Fundamental
things."
At the corner of the street stood a shop replete with all the equipment of
a fried fish shop, including the fish. Smith led the way in.
"Good morning, Mary," he said, familiarly, to a girl behind the counter. "I
have brought in a friend of mine I should like you to meet."
The girl, she was a blonde, glanced curiously at Michael. "A friend of
yours is a friend of mine, Mr. Smith. Feeling hungry, sir?"
"Why no," said Michael, "I don't think I am."
''It wasn't for that reason I brought him in, Mary. He has been over some
time and has no need for food like your newly arrived customers. You see," he
addressed Michael, "it is like the cigarettes. People coming here suddenly,
without warning, find it difficult to get used to the new conditions, they
feel they ought to be hungry and eat something. So we give them what they want
till they learn to do without it. Try some of Mary's fish."
With a smile, and Michael thought her face full of kindness, she placed a
small piece of fish on a plate and offered it to him. He tasted it. It didn't
seem to taste of anything much though it gave an impression of being hot. Mary
laughed heartily at his puzzled expression. "You don't like my fish, do you.
Well that is a compliment really, though it may sound a bit Irish. And how do
you like it over here?"
"Well, to tell you the truth I only got to this ... er ... city, yesterday.
And since then my friend here has been showing me wonder after wonder."
"You haven't seen some of our high spots yet? Down by the river?" There was
a bitter ring in her voice.
"Oh, come now, Mary," Smith protested, "I wouldn't take a gentleman like
Mr. Blair to places like that."
"Depends on what Mr. Blair wants," observed Mary, regarding Michael
thoughtfully. "What is your line, slumming?"
"I wouldn't call it that," responded Michael. "I have got some debts to pay
and I am looking far a chance to pay them.”
The girl tossed her head. "Oh, those. The more you pay the more you find.
That's what most of them say here." Just then a customer came in and the two
friends bade Mary a hurried farewell.
"Friend of Yours?" asked Michael as they made their way along the pavement.
"Yes, very much so, in fact one of my best friends down here. She is a fine
spirit. But do you know that when she was incarnated she was a prostitute in
London. Now she spends her time serving fish to those who cannot restrain
their appetite. Curious, isn't it. But she has long ago worked off her debts.
She could go on easily if she wished but her experiences aroused such a deep
compassion for her fellow creatures that she stays down here voluntarily. She
is a grand worker."
"How did you meet her?"
Smith hesitated for a minute. "It was down by the river she referred to.
That is a pretty nasty neighbourhood, especially on the far side. Don't ever
be tempted to cross any of the bridges unless you have proper protection. I'll
tell you about that another time. But I found Mary in a dreadful state of
exhaustion, having just come over rather suddenly. She was in appalling
conditions. But because her heart was good she radiated some light and I was
able to find her and show myself to her. That isn't easy in some of those dark
houses down there. I brought her back and gat her on her feet again. Then
after a bit she met the Master."
Abruptly Michael clutched his companion's arm. "The Master here?"
"Why not? Do you think He dwells only in marble palaces? This is where some
of God's children are so this is His place. Of course He does not come in the
full glory of His shining Reality, that would be too much for these folk, it
wouldn't help them to help themselves. He usually comes as a mere traveller,
quite simply dressed. He just talks to the people He meets, usually
individually. He asked Mary to work for Him and not knowing who He was, she
said she would. She liked the look of Him, she said. She had a fit when I told
her who He was. Wouldn't believe it for a long time." "Here we are, this is my
little shop." He paused at the door of a small tobacconist's, the windows
filled with attractive goods and advertisements. Unlocking the door he invited
Michael to enter. The inside was equally brightly displayed, while at the back
of the shop was a well-stocked warehouse.
"Where do you get your supplies?" asked Michael.
Smith smiled mysteriously. "We don't say much about that.
I draw my supplies from my warehouse and they are always replaced. They
come, shall we say, in the same manner as the shillings. You see they are
needed, so they are provided.
A young dandy came in with a swagger and demanded some cigarettes for his
girl friend. Smith asked some shrewd questions and then helped the youth to
select a suitable box. When they were alone again he smiled knowingly at
Michael.
"There is no end of opportunities here. By asking that fellow a few
questions about his girl I was able to sense her state of awareness. Those
cigarettes are medicated with a herb that grows here and is helpful in
cleansing the aura of unpleasant influences. It is a sort of incense. They'll
do no harm and may do some good." He grinned boyishly.
After a while Michael decided to go out and explore, so he bade his friend
a temporary farewell. Out in the street once more he paused and looked about
him. Smith had been quite right when he said that everything deteriorated
rapidly here. Most of the buildings were in bad need of repairs and on every
side ladders and other signs of repairs in progress. The whole place seemed to
be crumbling. He asked a passer-by the nature of some large buildings on the
opposite corner. He was a fussy little man with an unrolled umbrella.
"Why, sir," he jerked out, obviously ready to talk, "that is the Town Hall
over there, a fine building, you will agree. I helped to design it.
"Oh yes," responded Michael, "you must have been over here some time then."
"Over here? What do you mean, sir? I live here." Then, as if annoyed at the
interruption, he went on to describe the other buildings as the College of
Allied Arts, the General Hospital, the Free Library and the Masonic Hall. Then
he turned to Michael to ask: "You do not live here, sir? I presume you live in
the country."
"Oh no, I ... er ... that is ... I have only just left Earth." A dark
shadow came over the elder man's face "You are joking, sir."
"I assure you I am not. I lived in London."
The little man became livid with rage. Poking a finger into Michael's
chest, he cried: "Don't you believe that sort of nonsense, it is the Devil's
work. There are no real people on Earth, it is uninhabited. If you have been
listening to those Spiritists I strongly advise you to have nothing to do with
them, they are evil, evil, evil!" Crying the last words in a rising crescendo,
the man turned and scurried away, seemingly afraid Michael might develop horns
and a tail. If it had not been pathetic Michael would have laughed.
Hardly had he progressed a hundred yards down the street when he had
another queer experience. A man, well-dressed and cultured looking, stopped
him and asked in a matter-of-fact sort of voice: "Have you been saved?"
"Saved?" Michael reiterated. "Saved from what?"
For answer the man thrust a tract into his hand and hurried on. Michael
could hardly repress a smile as he read the familiar quotations: 'The wages of
sin is death,' 'Repent, for the Kingdom of Heaven is at hand.' Beneath was
printed an exhortation to grovel before a revengeful Deity lest He cast you
into a fiery furnace in an access of fury. "Even here," muttered Michael as he
scrunched the tract up and threw it into the gutter. To his surprise the paper
crumbled into powder and finally disintegrated.
Presently he came to a building that was obviously a theatre.
Deeply interested, he crossed the road and studied the play-bills. To his
astonishment the play advertised was "THE SIGN OF THE CROSS," and the
principal part was to be taken by an actor whose name was famous on Earth
nearly a century ago. A little further on he came upon a cinema and gasped
when he found that the picture being shown was one that attracted much
attention in London a few years before his transition. Filled with a desire to
question Smith about these discoveries, he retraced his steps towards the
shop. On the way he saw a London General omnibus, circa 1920. But the
destination board was marked 'Private' and it was obviously carrying a social
party, for the occupants all wore buttonholes and appeared to be well
acquainted with each other.
Smith was amused at his experiences. "There are lots of people here who
still think they are mortals," he explained, "they won't believe they have
passed over and they regard Earth people as spooks. The town is full of
religious maniacs. But the theatrical show is real enough, we must go
sometime."
"What about the cinema show? How do they get the latest British pictures?"
asked Michael.
"That is easily explained. Everything on Earth has its material counterpart
over here. When they make a new film in England the etheric counterpart is
available over here. It merely requires the equivalent of an Earthly projector
to display the films in an objective way. We find it a useful way of keeping
in touch with the trend of Earthly progress. We do not make films over here
but we do write plays and you will see many that have never been presented on
Earth. The stage is used a great deal as a means of educating these people and
bringing out their spiritual qualities."
"I suppose it does. Now what about the tracts, do you mean to say that they
have printing presses here?"
Smith shook his head. "There is no need for anything so cumbersome as that.
If you possess the necessary power you can materialise anything you wish, at
least anything that you can visualise strongly enough. You can materialise a
copy of Shakespeare if you want one, though there are other ways of studying
classics like that. But I should imagine your tract was a product of that
man's own mind because it disintegrated so quickly. I expect he used to
distribute them on Earth and when he got here he found that he missed them and
thought about them so much that they reappeared in his hand. As for old Joe
and his bus, he is a local character, he won't be parted from his bus." He
started to get busy with some packages. "While you were out," he went on, "I
got a call to deliver some cigarettes to the troops on the line."
Michael clutched at the counter, he felt dizzy. "This is too much. You are
not going to tell me there is a war on here?"
Smith looked pityingly at him. "Why wouldn't there be a war? This is not
Heaven. War is what largely occupies the minds of men these days. Didn't most
of us say on Earth that wars are inevitable?
"Yes I suppose most of us thought that."
"Well then. The same men come over here, and they don't alter their views
much. Most of us bring the same hates and loves and prejudices and hide-bound
ideas, our characters do not change. So you see we bring our wars over too.
You can see for yourself if you would like to."
Michael having agreed to accompany his friend, Smith opened the door into
the warehouse. At the back door was standing a truck which Michael recognised
as one of a type used in France in 1918. The driver was in khaki with a red
cross on his arm. He was busy loading cases into the lorry.
"Can we come with you, Bill? My friend here would like to see the war
front."
Bill glanced round the back of the truck at Michael. Then he shrugged his
shoulders and replied: "Yes, if he fancies the idea." Whistling a few bars of
'Tipperary', Bill loaded the last of the cases and then swung himself up into
the driver's seat.
"There's room for both of you up here if you don't mind a squash," the
invited.
Scrambling up into the lofty perch, Michael and Smith made themselves
comfortable. Then they started. Traversing the main street of the city they
had a good view of the cafés, the shops, large and small, the large residences
and hotels, and the endless rows of small houses, some of them mere hovels,
that made up this strange town. Over all was the atmosphere of decay, of
crumbling, despite energetic repairs. Everywhere there were ladders and
scaffolds, plasterers and painters. Gradually the dwellings were left behind
and the lorry emerged into the countryside where it gathered speed in a
surprising way. Then the scene began to change. From country dwellings and
cottages, from hedgerows and woods, the scenery changed to rolling downs
bereft of vegetation, to stunted woods that seemed to have passed through the
scourge of bombardment, to ruins and broken implements of warfare.
"Are there many casualties?" asked Michael wonderingly.
“Not in the sense that you mean," replied Smith. "Remember that this is the
Land of Illusion, to everyone except the unfortunates who are the victims of
illusion. No one's country is conquered, this is No Man's Land, uninhabited
except by the warring parties. No one really gets wounded or killed."
Presently they became aware m the thunder of guns on the horizon and then
came the unmistakable tang of explosives in the air. Drifts of smoke spread
over the battlefield and the wreckage of war became more and more evident.
Away to the right flank a flight of aeroplanes swept across the sky.
Suddenly Michael exclaimed: "Look, there are some tanks. I never thought to
see such things here."
"Why not?" said Smith, with a touch of bitterness. "You see there is an
endless struggle going on here between the forces of Light and those of
Darkness, the prize being these poor devils who come over fighting mad and
cannot be persuaded that they are not still at war. The Devil and his tribe
are very real people and they are immensely powerful in an atmosphere such as
this. They have a great deal of knowledge and they use their powers to create
weapons of warfare for the soldiers to use."
"Tell me," asked Michael, "surely all soldiers who die fighting don't have
to come to this hell of a place?"
"Oh, of course not, no more than you came to a place of this sort. It is
the evil-minded men whose passions were aroused by war and who liked killing,
who drift into an environment such as this. A decent minded soldier would be
met by workers and conducted safely through all this sort of thing. Remember
that it is all illusion, there is nothing here to harm anyone who refuses to
let it influence them. But to the soldiers fighting still it is very real."
Presently a bunch of weary looking men came into view, marching stolidly
along at the side of the road. Their uniforms were covered with mud and they
had the clay-coloured complexions of men to whom health and happiness are
strangers. Bill stopped the truck and jumped out.
"Watch this," said Smith. "We will try and get in touch with these fellows.
But if they are in the hands of bad officers we shan't be successful."
Bill reappeared with several packets of cigarettes which he offered to the
approaching men. It was pathetic to see their worn faces light up as they saw
the cigarettes. Just then a man came out from the back of the party wearing
the uniform of an officer. He barked out an order in a language Michael could
not understand. Without hesitation the men slumped their shoulders and trudged
on, indifferent to the offer of Bill's gifts.
"You see," commented Smith, with a helpless gesture, "that is what usually
happens. A few cigarettes and a little chat and we might have persuaded some
of those fellows to come with us. But they are men without much intelligence
or initiative and they have become so accustomed to obeying their officers
that they do so unquestioningly. I don't mean that all the officers are bad.
But the worst among the men often dress themselves up as officers and they are
so full of their power over their men that they will do anything to stop them
being taken away from them."
The truck drove off again. The soil was getting wetter as they proceeded,
giving the impression of recent rain. There were what appeared to be puddles
here and there, among the shell holes.
"Is there no way of getting these poor chaps away?" asked Michael.
"We cannot influence a man without his consent, we cannot force a man to
come away. We can sometimes put him to sleep if we think that will help him,
but he usually wakes up just the same man as he was. Sometimes a soldier who
has just been killed sees us and takes us for ghosts and hurries off to find
some of his companions. He gradually learns to distinguish between those who
are still incarnate and those who have made the transition and the spirits
then get together in bands or companies. Then the struggle begins. The evil
forces influence their own victims to try and get the newcomers to join them
while the spiritual workers try and persuade them to leave the battlefield."
As the truck bumped along the uneven roadway the sounds of gunfire grew
louder and presently they drew abreast of a line of guns. A man in khaki came
rushing out of one of the gun-pits towards the lorry. Bill drew up once more.
Ammunition, ammunition," bawled the soldier, "have you brought the
ammunition?" He stood panting by the side of the front of the truck, gazing up
eagerly up at the driver. But Bill shook his head wearily. "No mate, it's
comforts this time."
At this, the man, he was a sergeant, gave a bellow of fury. Michael noticed
that he had a brutal face. He swore at Bill in no uncertain terms, claiming
that no one ever brought up ammunition when it was most needed. "Them blue
pencil blanks will be round our flanks in a moment," he concluded.
Bill shook his head again. "You know you don't need that stuff, mate, why
don't you quit this business? Here, have a packet of fags, you look alln."
The sergeant took the cigarettes and lit one. Then he screwed his ugly
features up at Bill. "You're a good sort, Bill, you've been bringing us fags
since longer than I can remember. Now if you'd only hurry up and bring them
ammunition chaps. What's wrong? Another munitions scandal at home?" An ugly
scowl spread over his face, "cos if there is, me and my mates are going to
give some of them chaps hell, d'yer hear?"
Bill refused to be impressed. "There isn't any ammunition because you don't
need any. There isn't any enemy."
The sergeant looked astounded for a moment. Then he burst out into a loud
guffaw. "Lumme that's a good 'un, 'that is. No' enemy! If you had to keep the
b.…..s back you wouldn't crack them jokes."
"Tell me mate, have you seen a single enemy since you came into this
sector?" Bill's voice was earnest this time.
"Of course I ... that is I ... why they're all round us."
"And yet you haven't seen one."
"Well I can't say as I ... 'ere what are you getting at? Are you a
perishing Hun in disguise? No enemy ... gurr! Listen to them guns, do you
think they are firing at nothin'? Get out with yer." With a wave of his hand
he consigned Bill and his friends to perdition and stalked off back to the
gun-pits.
Bill chuckled as he went, "Got him under the skin, that did. He'll turn
that over in his mind and perhaps he'll see sense before long."
"But, good heavens," put in Michael, "do you mean to tell me that all these
chaps are fighting an imaginary enemy?"
Bill looked steadily at him. "Didn't Freddie Smith tell you this is a land
of illusion? There's no enemy here as I've ever seen. But you can't persuade
these chaps that way. They are all convinced they are fighting for t1heir
lives, except perhaps for some of the worst of them who have learned after a
long time here that the enemy only existed in their imagination. And those are
the ones who get in our way. They're playing their own game." Suddenly he
glanced up the road. "Here's our party," he exclaimed.
Michael looked up to see a strange little procession approaching. In the
lead was a weary looking figure in khaki wearing the dog-collar of a padre.
Following him were two stretcher bearers carrying a pallid-faced youth on a
stretcher. All three wore red crosses on their armbands.
"Hullo, Bill,” greeted the chaplain heartily. "Got another one, thanks be.
I see you've brought the fags. The chaps were all running short, they'll be
glad to have this lot. Will you take this fellow into hospital, then we can
load the stretcher with the fags. Hullo, some strangers here?"
Bill made the introductions, then he and Smith hurried off to superintend
the transfer of the loads.
"Well, what do you think of this 'lot?" asked the padre with a grin.
Michael explained his recent arrival and consequent lack of knowledge of
local conditions. "But tell me," he went on, "are you doing rescue work here?"
The Padre nodded vigorously. "Yes, that's our job. Been at it some time
now."
"It must be terrible work trying to turn these men's thoughts away from
war."
"Terrible isn't the word for it. Many of them are so dashed obstinate you
just can't knock any sense into them. I have to keep reminding myself that God
knows His own business best. Lots of these chaps have got big lessons to learn
and no doubt staying down here is the best way for some of them to learn.
These fellows only knew how to live on Earth through their bodily senses and
they try and live here through the etheric senses, with much the same result."
"Then you mean to say that you stay down here in this awful mess, just
waiting for a chance to influence one of these chaps?"
The padre grinned a little self-consciously. "That's the sort of idea. But
when there is a war on, and there usually is somewhere or other, we are too
busy to think much about it. We are only one step here from actual Earth
conditions so we can easily manifest on the battlefield. We know when there
are going to be casua1ties and we just wait around and help the chaps as they
wake up in Spirit life. Most of them are easy to deal with and workers take
them away up above. But some of us have to stay and deal with the bad cases.
If we didn't there would be such a crowd of them here that they would get too
powerful and we shouldn't be able to get on to the battlefields. There is no
question but that the work has got to be done. Besides," he made an expressive
little gesture with his hand, "many of these men are victims of environment,
they are not all bad."
"Are they all British?"
"Good heavens, no. They are all nationalities. They are not organised in
armies, you understand, but they get together in groups mostly of pals or of
men with similar tastes, to save the world. The groups seldom get together,
which is a mercy. There is too much jealousy between them."
"Don't you ever get away, get any leave, I mean?"
"Oh, yes, we have to get away sometimes to recuperate. This place takes it
out of you. My mother has got a little house up in the hills and I go up there
and join her once in a while. But I don't care to go too often because the
chaps don't like it. They want to know why the padre 'Should get Blighty leave
when they can't" He stopped speaking and inclined his head slightly. From far
in the distance there came the clear call of a bugle. "The General! " he
exclaimed, and turned to walk quickly up a small hill at the edge of the road,
and Michael followed. "He'll come this way, you'll see him in a minute," added
the parson.
"I think all this is fine," said Michael as they waited, "I have never
heard of such altruism."
"Oh no it isn't, it is just our job and we happen to be the people who are
best fitted for that job at the moment. Besides," the padre's chin went up and
he eyed Michael resolutely, "it is the Master's work."
"I know," said Michael quietly, "I have seen Him." The padre nodded. "Ah,
then you understand."
Soon there came the sound of horses' hooves and into sight swept a
cavalcade of horsemen. First came an officer in general's uniform whom Michael
recognised with a thrill as a famous victor of the last War. Following him
were two staff officers and, bringing up the rear, was a trumpeter carrying a
small Union Jack at his lance head.
The padre drew himself up and saluted as the cortege went by and the
general returned his salutation with a smile that conveyed the impression of a
powerful personality. "There he goes," said the padre, "he's never far away
from the chaps who fought for him, and he'll keep on coming as long as there
are any left here. His real home is far away in the Uplands but that doesn't
stop his coming down here. He's a grand chap and has a way with the men. They
see the truth of things through his example quicker than any other way. He
makes them think he is preparing for the final battle to end the war, but
really he is lifting their minds above the level of their surroundings." He
turned to bid Michael farewell. "I must go and meet him at the rendezvous.
Goodbye, I've enjoyed our little chat." With a wave of his hand he hurried off
down the hill, calling to his stretcher bearers as he went.
Deeply moved at all he had seen and heard Michael made his way back to
where his companions were loading the stretcher containing the rescued soldier
into the truck. Soon they were bumping their way back to the city.
From now on Michael made his way alone about his new environment. He
thoroughly explored the city and then made excursions into the countryside. He
was astonished to find to what extent the inhabitants had brought over from
their Earth life their own old surroundings as part of their mental equipment,
losing no time in re-creating them as far as possible in this new sphere. Many
were quite prepared to settle down without a thought for the inadequacy of
their conditions or a desire for something better. Inertia seemed to be as
much a curse to these people as it is to the Human race. Any attempt to
instill an idea of progress into their minds brought only suspicion and
aversion.
Here in this City of Illusion was enough to give an impression of solid
comfort, hard cash, solidly built houses, household goods, and that appearance
of outer respectability which is the shield and buckler of unthinking man. It
seemed that these things were necessary so that spiritually unawakened souls
might find surroundings that would not provide too great a shock to their
mentality. But through the obvious impermanence of these things was gradually
taught the lesson that material things are of no lasting importance. Thus the
minds of the evolving spirits were driven to seek some alternative and
immediately met with the ever-ready response of Spirit. Thus were their feet
set gently upon the path of progress.
Once or twice Michael visited the theatre or cinema, sometimes with Mary,
with whom he was becoming fast friends. The theatre specialised in drama, this
being the medium which the spirit workers found most useful in teaching some
spiritual verity to their audiences. Often the author, and sometimes the
principal artists, were men and women who had earned high Earthly repute. The
cinema confined itself to the presentation of films which had already been
shown on Earth. The machinery used was quite unlike any that he had seen
before, being some method of bending and concentrating the Cosmic rays that
illumined this plane. With the aid of this form of light the etheric
counterpart of the film was displayed while from the Akashic Record was drawn
the sound.
Altogether Michael found much that was instructive in his surroundings and
his new friendship with Mary and Fred Smith was most satisfying. But nothing
could mitigate the ache in his heart engendered by his absence from Ann. He
was aware that in the form of sleep, obtainable in this sphere, he made
contact with her. He awoke with vague memories of having been with her but
these were ephemeral and unsatisfying. For like the Earthly “veil” that covers
the life of mortals from the vision of Reality, there was another veil here to
shield those in the Land of Illusion from the brightness of the higher life
that would make their existence intolerable if it were reflected into their
lives before they were ready for it.
So far he had made no reference to his desire to get into touch with Vera
but he now broached the subject to Smith, who thought the matter over before
replying. At length he spoke:
"The facts as I see them are these: We know that she committed suicide and
the penalties for cutting short an incarnation are heavy. It does not matter
whether it is your own soul or that of another, murder or suicide, it is
defiance of God's will and therefore the law of Cause and Effect must have its
way. There is another matter in that Vera short-circuited the spiritual
sacrament of marriage and gave access to an incarnating spirit without the
blessing of God. In that you have your share of blame. The imponderables are
not so easy to calculate because we have no direct access to all the facts. We
do not know, for instance, what previous incarnations Vera has undergone, if
any. So much depends upon the root causes for her action."
"If she had been free," he went on, "the very fact of your wanting to help
her would have brought you together. It looks as if she was in the hands of
evil-minded people across the river. And that is an unpleasant state to be
in."
"It all seems so unfair," burst out Michael. "Here am I. fairly comfortable
and well looked after, while she is in heaven knows what horrible place. It
ought to be me who should suffer."
Smith looked at him thoughtfully. "My dear friend, you must learn to look
at these things from the right angle. Get out of your mind any idea of
unfairness or injustice in the working out of God's plans. Injustice is an
attribute of ignorance, due to lack of understanding of what truth is and what
is not. It is one of the first steps in spiritual education to learn that
injustice is an illusion. No one can alter the scales of the Great Spirit for
they are adjusted to dead-centre. If we insist upon upsetting that balance
then we must balance the scales again before we can progress. If your friend
Vera is suffering at this time, it is because her own spirit, in its highest
plane of wisdom, has decided that through suffering she will gain freedom from
something that is holding her back. It may be some past indebtedness or it may
be some lesson she requires to learn in order to strengthen her character. But
that does not mean that we may not try and rescue her, try and mitigate that
suffering."
"All the same, I feel that it is largely my fault."
"Perhaps it was. Or perhaps you were merely the match that set light to the
fire. Can you say that you were the fire? Can you call upon your intuition to
indicate the motive that impelled you?"
"I - I don't know. I had no thought ... it all happened so suddenly. I had
no intention ... ?"
"I thought as much. An occurrence such as this which has so dynamic an
effect on an incarnation is rarely insignificant. It looks as though you and
Vera were caught up in the toils of destiny."
Like a flash a queer thought went through Michael's mind of some old, old
picture of a loom weaving the threads of destiny. He dismissed it as
irrelevant and went on. "All the same I am conscious of an overwhelming desire
to help her. I am certain that I can, if I can only get in touch with her.
Surely it must be right to do all that is in my power?"
"Don't misunderstand me. It is not a question of not helping her. It is not
even a question of helping her in this one plane of endeavour. What I want to
ensure is that we help her on the highest plane possible. You can seek her out
and alleviate the minor aspects of suffering, the pinpricks. You can give her
friendship and ease and comforts and pleasure. That would be nice for her but
it would not get to the root of the matter. I am, of course, assuming that she
has injured herself deeply in the spiritual sense at some stage in her career,
something even more negative than this suicide. So if we are to help her in
the fullest sense you must make your effort on the highest possible plane of
thought. And you cannot do that entirely without help. You will have to make
your appeal to her spiritual mind rather than her soul mind. Do you get my
point?"
"Yes, I think I see what you mean. To help her in my way would be rather
like offering a bunch of grapes to someone suffering from cancer."
"That's the idea. Now if you will concentrate and send out a call winged
from the highest aspect of your mind that you can contemplate, it may reach
her, it is almost certain to. She may not be conscious of it and if her spirit
does not desire to be so helped, it will have no effect. On the other hand,
and a spirit seldom refuses such an offer, she may respond by impressing her
soul mind to get in touch with you. I think that that is the quickest way of
getting a real contact with her. Anything else would be superficial and
probably have no lasting results."
"I say, you have acquired a lot of wisdom."
Smith shook his head. "The more one gets to know the greater appears one's
abysmal ignorance. There is no magic about what I have told you. When you have
to deal with a few cases like this you soon become a psychologist. A human
child regards the doctor as a sort of magician until it grows up and finds
that he is just another individual with a knowledge of the human body and its
ailments."
"Do you think that it is fairly certain that Vera is on this plane?"
"I think so. You will realise that there are very many towns and cities
like this and a large tract of country that is part of this environment. But
the tendency is for spirits to move in groups throughout their existence and
the fact that you contacted Vera on Earth leads me to the idea that she will
not be far from your own path."
"Is there racial discrimination over here? What happens to people of other
races?"
"There is a racial distinction in the lower spheres but as soon as a spirit
starts to move upwards in the scale of progress the racial differences
disappear. They are put on with the soul body and discarded with that
restriction. There are reception areas like this up-river which cater for
different races. But the law is one of attraction only. If a Chinaman had a
love for the British and their culture and social life, then he might
gravitate here, just as he would probably travel to Britain when he was on
Earth. But normally he would find the remnants of the social customs to which
these folk still cling, rather distasteful, and so he would prefer to join his
own people. Then as be became refined through learning the truth about things
and began to climb up the ladder of freedom, he would lose his racial identity
and become just a spirit."
"Have you any idea how many planes there are. I have often wondered."
"I don't know, not for certain. They say there are as many as there are
skins to an onion. But many of those must be intermediate conditions rather
than distinct spheres of existence. Sort of halting places to get your breath,
so to speak."
"It's a terrific conception, isn't it. Makes one's mind reel to think of
it."
"Yes it is. But don't make the mistake of thinking of it in terms of
locations. It is rather a matter of state of mind, of condition rather than
place. The first form and the sixth form. A good simile is to think of it in
terms of Earthly society in Victorian days. The Royal circle, then the
nobility, then the county families, the professional class, the middle class,
the lower classes and finally the wasters, the criminals. All those categories
inhabited one country at the same time, but there were unbridgeable gulfs
between each of them. The difference here is that the qualifications for the
different spheres are very unlike those for the classes, they are qualities of
Spirit instead of accidents of birth or wealth."
"I can see that. You have a sort of divine Socialism here. But rather
different from our ideas about Socialism on Earth."
Michael did his best to carry out his friend's injunction. He concentrated
upon Vera as often as he could in the highest aspect of Spirit that: he could
visualise. From that niche he projected his thoughts to her and made his
appeal that he should be allowed to help her. He found it a great struggle to
keep out thoughts of doubt or failure, and to maintain his mind at that lofty
altitude.
Of the purely physical attraction which had brought them together on Earth
there was nothing left. But he still retained a comradeship affection for her
born of their childhood's friendship. For the rest he felt linked to her by a
deep sense of guilt, his contribution to the terrible conditions she must be
enduring.
Nothing happened that could be attributed to his attempt to get in touch
with her. On Smith's advice he sought outside distraction lest his
concentration should tend to become too tense and thus nullify its power. He
visited some of the many churches in the City. In some he found highly
ritualistic services with much burning of incense, while there were others
which embraced the simpler form of worship. It was strange to sit here and
listen to the old theological arguments being trotted out as if there had been
no such experience as death among the people who listened. In one chapel with
the high sounding name of the sect which used it, he came across a preacher
who was threatening his flock with all the fury of the fires of Hell if they
departed a hair's breadth from the path ordained by their narrow creed. To the
faithful he offered the somewhat dubious reward of an existence in which
golden harps and damp clouds appeared to play their traditional part. The
flock, obviously aware of their own secure future, seemed to revel in
diatribes against the lost sheep who were to be so utterly damned. Day after
day these people would come here to listen to such inconceivable strictures,
so bound by their old superstitions that they could only see their Creator
through the eyes of fear. To Michael God was becoming more and more real and
concrete as his mind expanded to understand the Omnipresence of the Great
Spirit as well as His own inimitable Personality. The Love of God meant more
to him now than anything he could imagine. His heart sank as he compared the
petty conception of these victims of religious oppression with the glorious
Reality. The minds of these people had never really been opened since
childhood, they were afflicted with the sins of the fathers, based upon
centuries of rule by fear, superstition and temporal power.
More than once he was able to help some unfortunate who seemed to be in a
state of readiness to respond to his overtures. These he usually took to
Mary's shop for she was experienced in the best way of handling them. She had
a surprising ability for sizing up the real awakening and for spotting the
crafty individual who dissembled with the object of enlisting sympathy or
gaining some material advantage. The City of Illusion has plenty of
mendicants.
Occasionally he would allow his steps to take him towards the river,
although Smith had warned him not to venture too far in that direction without
an escort or at least a companion. He became interested in an old match-seller
who stood on the near side of one of the bridges. The old chap had stood at
such a pitch in London and now, after his transition, he had found himself
unable to break away from the old habits and had drifted down to this spot.
There he stood, day after day, with his tray of matches which nobody bought.
Michael had found that the best way to get such people to realise their own
position was to interest them in someone worse off than themselves. He spoke
to the old man of Vera, and asked him to help him find her. But nothing would
induce the peddler to eave his pitch before it was time. He had a pathetic
sense of duty.
“Aye, sir," the old chap said. "I'll have a look over the other side of the
bridge when I go off my pitch tonight. I can go there safely enough. They all
know old Luke the match seller, they wouldn't do no harm to me. Cos why, I
don't do them no harm."
Usually the old man stood apathetic, at his post, taking notice of anyone
who approached. But an one occasion Michael reached his pitch just as the
lights went on. Luke beckoned to him with some show of eagerness. "'Ere you
are, sir. I think I seen her agoing into that pub over there. You stay along
o' me and you'll see 'er come out in a minute."
Suppressing his excitement, Michael stood beside the old man, his eyes
fixed on the dilapidated building opposite, where the equivalent of beer was
sold to those who had formed such strong habits that they could not get on
without a semblance of drinking. The place was brightly lit now the lights
were on and it displayed some of the garish attractions of an Earthly gin
palace. Michael wondered whether it was used by the workers as a means of
influencing its patrons to seek for something better. Then out of the swinging
doors came a woman. The match-seller nudged his elbow and Michael's heart
sank; this slattern could not be the trim little Vera he once knew. To his
surprise she made straight for the match-seller and he was able to study the
distraught, raddled features from close to. In her arms she cradled what
appeared to be a bundle of rags as if it were a child.
"Have you seen the doctor?" she asked in a hoarse whisper, "my baby's ill.
I must see the doctor."
"You're in luck, mother," said the old man with a wink at Michael, "'ere's
the doctor." He jerked a grimy thumb in Michael's direction.
For the first time she looked direct at Michael and to his horror he saw
that this indeed was Vera. She did not recognise him and he guessed that her
mind was not functioning fully. He looked down at the bundle; it was a bundle
and no more. A feeling of despair shook him out of his composure. How was he
to cope with this wretched creature who was undoubtedly half demented?
"Vera, do you remember me?" He spoke gently.
She peered up into his face uncertainly. "Who are you, calling me Vera?"
she demanded suspiciously.
"I am Michael. Don't you remember me?"
"Michael!" she whispered hoarsely. The name seemed to awaken some memory in
her mind.
He had a sudden idea. "Is that our baby, Vera?" be asked, indicating the
bundle.
Vera looked down at the bundle, then at Michael. A heavy frown creased her
brows, puzzlement changed to alarm, then a look of fury spread over her
features. She retreated, screaming foul abuse at him, utterances that he found
it hard to associate with the gentle girl he had known. Then she turned and
fled in the direction of the river. Michael made as if to follow her.
"Let 'er go', guvnor. She'll be acrost that bridge before you can ketch up
with her. And there's chaps over there as'll manhandle you if they gets a
chance. You wouldn't have no hope agin them,"
Michael relaxed. The old man was right. From all accounts he could not hope
to oppose the denizens of that murky rabbit warren of a place on the other
side of the river, so dark that he could scarcely distinguish the outlines of
the buildings from here. And if he did manage to catch up with Vera he did not
know how to deal with her in her present condition. He would have to get
advice on that matter. Deeply shaken by the encounter he turned his steps
towards home.
Part 5: REDEMPTION
Hardly had Michael left the vicinity of the bridge when a man overtook him.
"I hope you will pardon me," he began, "but I was unwittingly a witness to
your meeting with that woman. I am a worker in these parts and wondered
whether I could help you."
Michael turned to see a man in clerical garb, tall and thin, with rather
ascetic features. "That is very good of you," he said, thinking that this man
might be able to help him get closer to Vera. “She was a friend of mine on
Earth and I am trying to help her."
The Parson nodded understandingly. "My name is Warner, Frank Warner. I have
rooms near here, why not walk along with me?"
Michael gladly accepted the invitation and the two men strode off down the
street. Warner's rooms were in a large tenement building, decidedly inferior
to the house in the upper town where Michael dwelt. But his sitting room was
clean and tidy and furnished with two comfortable chairs. Against the wall was
a bookcase filled with religious works.
'"Sit down, won't you?" invited the host. "And tell me in what way I can
help you."
Michael hesitated for a moment, for he was not quite sure how to take
Warner. Then in the queer way of the Spirit World the answer came to him. He
saw the man opposite to him as one who is worthy in every sense of the word
but who is so enmeshed in the doctrinal aspect of his religion that he has
lost touch with its spiritual meaning. But he got the impression that it would
be best to tell him the whole story of his relations with Vera.
"I knew this woman on Earth, she was only a girl when she passed over here.
Her name was Vera Clark and I owe her a debt which I am trying to repay."
Warner nodded. "Good, good. 'I have seen this girl before and been struck
by the misery in her face. I would have helped her but she wouldn't let me
approach her. I understand that she lives across the river."
Michael went on to describe how Vera's and his destinies had become
entangled on Earth and of the tragic results of their liaison. He did not
spare himself.
“So you see," he concluded, "I feel responsible for her present condition.
I feel that I cannot rest until I have helped her out of her present ghastly
surroundings."
The Parson nodded comprehendingly. "Yes, it is the old story; people do not
realise what they are doing. This girl was evident1y driven off her head with
worry and is still unbalanced. We must try and get her on this side of the
river and get a doctor to see her."
"But what I can't understand," said Michael, "is how she came to do such a
foolish thing as commit suicide. After all, in these days it is not uncommon
for an unmarried woman to have a child and she might have known that I would
have helped her. And it does seem to me to be a rather harsh punishment to be
incarcerated in such a horrible place because she was foolish enough to try
and end everything."
Warner pursed his lips. "It was indeed foolish of her. But what matter so
long as she repents, and you my son. The way is open for you, too."
Michael changed the subject. "Can we not go after her, across the river?"
The Parson shrugged his shoulders with a helpless little gesture. "I have
tried several times, there must be many over there to whom the Gospel would
bring help. But they are a tough lot, it is a positive sink of iniquity, I
believe. Whenever I managed to get across the bridge I was attacked by a gang
of roughs who chased me back, telling me that parsons were not wanted over
there. That made me try all the harder, but the last time they dropped me in
the river. Luckily, I can swim."
"Jove, that's a fine effort anyway. How long have you been working over
here?"
"I really don't know how long it is because I don't know how long I slept.
To tell you the truth I find it all rather puzzling as I cannot find anyone
who can explain satisfactorily what actually does happen when one - er - dies.
I had a heart attack and when I regained consciousness I found myself in a
churchyard somewhere out in the country near here. There were several old
friends of mine, clerical men like myself, who said they had come to meet me.
I asked them where I was; I guessed I must be dead because I knew they were
dead. But they all seemed to have different ideas about things and immediately
began a stiff argument. One had an idea that we must be dreaming because there
was nothing in the Church teaching to cover this; he argued that if you were
not alive you must be asleep as the Judgment Day has not yet come.
I don't think he can be right though. One very nice chap wanted me to come
up into the hills, where, he said, Heaven was situated. I thought hard over
that but I couldn't believe you could get into Heaven as easily as all that,
there must be a Judgment first. Another fellow who had been at Oxford with me
said that he came from this city and described his work here. That attracted
me because it sounded so much like my old work on Earth.
"Unable to decide the truth I went into the church and prayed. And light
came to me. I went to the lectern and opened the Bible. St. Paul is quite
clear about it in his Epistle to the Hebrews. “But now they desire a better
city, that is a heavenly; wherefore God is not ashamed to be called their God:
for He hath prepared them a city.” That was good enough guidance for me so I
came here."
"Have you come to any conclusion as to where this city is located?" asked
Michael.
"I really don't know. I think this must be a place of waiting until the
Judgment Day. We used to teach that the sleep lasted until that time, but
possibly we were wrong."
"You still believe that God will come to judge the quick and the dead?"
"Of course, it is the faith of the Church. There can be no question of
that. And where did you wake up?"
"I didn't wake, I just walked out of the old world into this one." Michael
sketched the story of his own transition.
The Parson looked incredulous. "There must have been a hiatus of sleep," he
averred, "no-one dies like that. Everybody here had the same experience as
myself with minor variations."
"I am quite sure I didn't sleep between the two worlds. I just wandered
into the Lowlands with my wife."
A puzzled frown crossed the Parson's face. "The Lowlands? Never heard of
them."
"Well, I can assure you that it is a very real place. It consists mainly of
valleys and the high ground above is called the Uplands. I tried to climb up
there once and got thrown back by nature spirits."
The Parson sat up. He knew where he was now, he was used to dealing with
cases like this. "My dear fellow, you must get all these ideas out of your
head. I can see what happened now, it is as clear as daylight. You were killed
in an accident and after a vivid dream you woke up in this city. All that
about Uplands and Lowlands and gardeners is part of your dream."
Michael shook his head. "Not a bit. My wife was with me."
A look of sympathy came into Warner's face. "My dear chap, I am most
terribly sorry. I: am afraid your wife is still on Earth. You very naturally
dreamt about her during your sleep after you died. If she had died too she
would be here."
For a moment a terrible thought struck Michael. Supposing what the Parson
said was right! Could he really be in a state of self-deception? But his mind
refused to hold the thought. He shook his head decisively. "No, that is
impossible. I know that what I say is true."
"And I am equally sure that you are wrong," retorted the Parson. "If there
had been such places as the Uplands and Lowlands the Church would have known
of them."
“In my Father's house are many mansions," quoted Michael suggestively.
"Ah yes, but, my dear fellow, this is not my Father's House. You cannot say
that God owns that fiendish place across the river. You are quoting about
Heaven and we shall not know anything about that until and unless we are taken
there."
"Where is Heaven, or Hell?" demanded Michael.
Warner looked hard at him. "When you were on Earth you didn't know of the
existence of this place did you? Well neither do we yet know the whereabouts
of Heaven or Hell. We shall be told when the time comes."
"And in the meantime?"
Warner's eyebrows went up. "We are in a state of suspension, awaiting the
Day of Judgment, the Second Coming."
"How do you know?"
“By faith." Warner's chin stuck out obstinately as if to substantiate the
permanency of his belief. "By faith in action. “The substance of things hoped
for, the evidence of things not seen.” ''
"But don't you think," put in Michael, "that a static faith such as that
implies that you have already found the whole of truth, and therefore
restricts progress?"
Warner was quite firm in his reply. "Our faith rests upon the revelations
of our Lord. If He had wished to give us further revelations He would have
done so."
Michael was silent. He felt inadequate to pierce such armour as this.
“I wish," the other went on, more cheerful because he thought he had gained
his point, "that you could see some of our work here. There are literally
hundreds of souls who have taken this further opportunity of repentance since
they arrived here and have become members of the Church. Why only last Sunday
I had a large baptismal service."
"Sunday?" queried Michael, "do you have Sundays here?"
Again the puzzled frown. "Sundays? Why not? Why should not God's day be
respected here as anywhere else?"
"But there is no sun, how do you tell when it is Saturday night or Sunday
morning?"
The Parson looked a trifle confused. "Why of course I know there is no sun,
I don't know really where the light comes from. But they turn the lights on
and off once a day and we go by that."
Michael made one last attempt to shatter Warner's convictions. "What about
all these people across the river? Are they to be condemned to eternal
punishment at the Day of Judgment?"
Warner's face fell. "That is the cross I have to bear. I lie awake thinking
of all those souls in grave danger and trying to think how I may get at them.
It is an enormous place, I believe. I am trying to plan some sort of massed
invasion by our workers. I have tried alone, as I told you, and that was a
dismal failure."
"I don't believe they are lost," affirmed Michael, "it just doesn't seem
right."
"Who are we to say whether it is right? Our faith is quite clear on the
subject. Of what use to tell the disciples to go out into the world and preach
the Gospel if there was no danger of souls being lost?"
"But you believe that Christ died to save sinners?"
"Certainly. But through their repentance. It is the repentance which is the
actuating factor and the sacrifice of our Lord which makes it possible. If we
can only get these people to realise their plight and recant, then they will
be safe." He got up and began to pace the room. "Oh, it is so little to do
when one knows the implications. If only I could get at those people down
there before it is too late. I know I could make them see sense."
"But do you mean to say that if I openly express my repentance of my affair
with Vera I am relieved of all responsibility to her or anyone else?"
"You are never relieved of your responsibility for Christian charity. But
through the act of your repentance you will be absolved from the consequences
of your sin, our Lord has already redeemed you."
Michael got to his feet. "I am afraid we shall have to differ over that. I
have learned a lot since I came over here and although I repent most heartily,
I feel just as responsible as ever I was for her present plight. I wish that I
could convince you of what I believe to be the truth, that we must bear
responsibility and must set right what we have done wrong."
The Parson shook his head emphatically. "No, you are wrong there. Jesus
Christ will shoulder that burden for you if you will let Him. Why else did He
come to Earth, why else did He die?"
"I believe He came to show us the way to0 shoulder our burdens and to make
God real to us by proving that life survives death."
"Then why didn't He say so?" expostulated the Parson.
"How do you know what He said? The accounts of His life and ministry were
written about sixty years after His death."
"Yes, by the hand of God. They were inspired accounts."
Michael laughed. "It is clear that we shall not agree."
Warner relaxed into a smile too as he said good-bye. "Anyway, whatever we
believe we are at one in our endeavours to help your friend. I will certainly
try and get in touch with her."
When Michael got back to the house, Smith showed great interest in his
adventures. He seemed keenly distressed about Vera.
"Poor girl, things are worse than I thought. Seeing you must have struck a
chord in her memory and the fact that she instinctively made for the bridge
shows that she belongs over there. Those brutes across the river must have got
a real grip on her. Now let me see .... " For a while he remained in deep
thought. "Yes, I have it. I know one of the workers down here, a really
advanced soul who has access to all the Records. He will be able to help us, I
think, because he will be able to trace the original causes of Vera's
condition. I rather think it is a case of karma."
"Tell me something about this karma," asked Michael. Smith smiled slowly
across at him. "That would take quite a time. And really I don't know half of
the story. It is a big subject. But briefly, it is the outworking of the Law
of Cause and Effect. 'As ye sow so shall ye reap.' I should imagine that Vera
is suffering for more than the mistakes in one incarnation. I think she is
working out something from a past existence."
Concerning Warner he was more emphatic. "I know him, he is a fine
courageous chap and there are many like him. They have to cross over to this
plane first because they are bound up in their rigid doctrine. Had Warner
woken up in the Lowlands and found that so much of his belief was based upon
false premises it would have been a great shock to him and might have delayed
his progress. Once he realises the truth he will soon progress. He is not
wasting his time, he is doing fine work where he is. It might sound strange to
you but it is often better to tackle some of these ignorant souls by orthodox
methods at first. The Salvation Army people are hard at work here and across
the river, saving souls with their old persistency. It is the quickest way
because it is what these people are accustomed to and expect. The real truth
would be quite beyond their immediate comprehension. Anyway," he added, "'Our
plan worked. Your thoughts reached Vera and subconsciously influenced her to
contact you."
Michael's hand caressed his chin. "I wonder," he observed thoughtfully.
"Not a doubt of it in my mind. I have seen it happen too often before. But
the main point is that we have located her. The next problem is how to get her
out of the power of those wretches across the river."
"Tell me more about that place."
Smith thought for a moment. "It is rather difficult to explain. I suppose
you were taught all about Heaven and Hell when you were a youngster? Well you
have stood upon the lowest steps of Heaven and I suppose we might call that
place Hell, although the association of ideas is wrong. Neither God nor a
devil created it, it was made by the people who sank into that condition.
There is no doubt that an inkling of its existence got through to Earth and
incarnate spirits greedy for power used the fact to frighten ignorant men. But
it is definitely not a punishment centre, the only spirits to go there are
those who are so weighted down by the environment they have created, that they
could not exist elsewhere. They are those who are trying to live entirely
through the senses instead of through the Spirit."
"Has it always existed?"
Smith shook his head. "I don't think so. But it has been there as long as
anyone here knows and I suppose it will remain as long as Earth continues to
send us souls in a state of ignorance. Mortals think that when they have
hanged a murderer, they have finished with the business. But they have only
'handed the baby' to us. I can assure you that we view such an arrangement
with anything but equanimity."
"And can't they break out of there?"
"Remember that we are dealing with a condition rather than a
three-dimensional geographical aspect. You know something about the power of
thought and what it can do, both for good and for evil. Well, negative
thoughts generated by Earth people during thousands of years floated off into
the ethers surrounding the Earth forming a belt of evil or negative conditions
by reason of their density. In this belt is located the lower Astral plane and
at its core is this condition we call Hell. And because the forces of Light
are eternally warring against the forces of Darkness this belt of evil becomes
compressed round the Earth from the continual attack of the Cosmic rays. This
river that lies between us is far more potent than it appears, it is a band of
steel confining the evil influences and gradually destroying them."
"But why does not God stop it, surely He has the power?"
"God does not work in that way. He has a plan for the Universe, a perfect
plan. If His children in their eagerness to experience, make a mess of that
plan it would not speed their evolution to help them to avoid the issue. They
would not learn their lesson without suffering. That is the meaning of
suffering. And according to the depth of suffering so is the height of
accomplishment made ultimately attainable. You may be surprised to hear that
some of our greatest workers down here were once dwellers in the darkest
corners of that Pit."
"I suppose it must be very difficult to get at these people."
Smith nodded. "It is indeed. There are many conditions of people in there.
The best of them are those who are face to face with their Conscience,
suffering terrible remorse. The others are those who have not yet awakened to
the existence of Conscience and are merely revelling in the hideous
perversions they practise. The use of Black Magic is quite common."
"You don't say so. I thought that was all moonshine."
"It is really. It can only affect those who let its manifestations register
on their minds where they accept them as real when actually they are illusory.
But the rule of fear is the strongest weapon in man's armoury. You have learnt
something of the power of Spirit, well, if that power is used constructively
it is White Magic, if it is abused and employed in a negative way it is Black
Magic, that is all. There is nothing supernatural about it. White Magic is
real and Black Magic is unreal except to those who let it affect them. It is
all part of the lesson we have to learn."
"How do you place this City of Illusion we are in, it is not Hell, is it?"
"It is a sort of borderland. I suppose it came into being in much the same
way as Hell did. There had to be somewhere for people to come who were not
ready to enter the Lowlands and yet were not really bad, just ignorant. And it
forms a useful resting place for those who are newly rescued from across the
river. By contrast it seems a veritable paradise to them. It would never do to
take such people direct into the Uplands. It would be like taking a prisoner
from a dungeon and releasing him in a tropical desert. The sun would blind him
and flay him alive."
Michael gave a half laugh. "Well, I must say I never thought I should find
that Hell is a real place after all."
Smith made an expressive gesture. "It is only real to those who believe it
to be so. To those who are so steeped in ignorance that they cannot respond to
any higher stimuli. Nevertheless, I don't advise you to treat it too lightly.
It can be a very dangerous place to those who are not prepared and protected.
It is possible to allow the manifestations to so affect the mind that one
comes to believe in their potency. Then the danger becomes real."
Suddenly Michael bowed his head in his hands. "Oh that poor child," he
groaned. "I can't get the thought of her plight out of my mind. Whatever you
say about karma, I was the cause of her getting into this awful condition."
"I know, Michael" Smith's voice was infinitely tender. "But you won't help
her or yourself by giving way to emotion. Lift your mind into a positive
assurance that you are going to rescue her, that will ensure success."
"Of course, you are right," agreed Michael, brightening. "I can see you are
more than you pretend to be. I don't know how I should have got on without
you."
"Someone else would have helped you in that case. There is always the
opportunity opening out to those who strive for it, whether it is for progress
or retrogression. These things happen because they are subject to laws, they
are not accidental."
"I can certainly see that God is working through you."
"As He does through all of us. Yet that is one of the hardest lessons
people have to learn over here. The false modesty of Earth life is so strong
that they can't believe that God is really working in and through them. It is
very natural but it forms a stumbling block to the free flow of Spirit power
through the individual. "
"What a contrast there is between Earth and this life," exclaimed Michael
as the other rose to go. "Here the ideal of service seems to be the only thing
worth considering, while down there it is just the opposite, men are
acquisitive to a degree, and anyone who lives a life of service is held up as
a particular sort of saint."
Smith smiled as he nodded. "Yes, but we must remember that they have little
conception of the glorious objective that is a little clearer on this side.
They are struggling in the darkness while we are working in the sunlight. One
must not judge them harshly. Well, I will leave you to rest now. Have another
try to get in mental touch with Vera, this is no time to relax your efforts. I
will see what I can find out about her condition."
When he had gone Michael lay on his bed and concentrated upon the task of
directing his strongest thoughts towards Vera.
Two days later - that is after two periods of lights on - Smith came into
his mom bearing three robes and three staffs of wood.
"Here you are. I have seen one of the Initiates in charge of that area
across the river and he seems to think that Vera is ready to come with us
though her outer mind may object. We may have to use considerable force to
overcome her resistance. We are to ask Mary to come too, she has mediumistic
powers which may prove useful."
"Isn't that rather risky, taking a young girl there?"
Smith laughed. "No more than taking you. You must realise that a female
spirit is just as tough as a male one. You do not need to be a squire des
dames here."
Michael was forced to smile at that. "No, I suppose not. Curious how the
influence of the Earthly life gets one here."
"You need have no fear about Mary. She will merely be used as a channel for
spiritual power, for the evil masters will undoubtedly try and keep their hold
on Vera."
Smith was not opening his shop that day so they went down at once to see
Mary, who readily agreed to accompany them on their errand of mercy. Michael
was surprised that she showed no fear at the prospect. He wished he was
feeling as calm himself. The rest of that day was spent in certain purifying
ceremonies in case Black Magic should be employed by those who would resist
their entry into the recesses of Hell.
As soon as the lights went out next morning the three donned the robes
which almost obscured what little light emanated from their present garments,
and with staff in hand, set out towards the river. Smith explained that the
staffs were magnetised to deflect any form of unpleasant manifestation which
might be conjured up to impede their progress. Along the river front was a
thoroughfare faintly reminiscent of the Thames Embankment. The little party
had to travel some way along this before coming to the bridge they were to
cross. Michael noted that the area across the river was shrouded in a heavy
haze and from its depths no sound came, nor did anyone emerge on to the
bridges. It might have been a city of the dead. At length they came to the
bridge they required and turned to cross it. There was a chill wind blowing
from the water which swept in a turgid, uninviting swirl through the arches
and almost instinctively the three wrapped their robes more closely about
them. As they neared the opposite bank they could not resist the impression
that from the frowning ill-kept buildings hundreds of eyes were watching their
approach with malevolent regard.
The streets on this side of the river were quite dark and a faint glow from
the flickering jets that passed for street illumination only served to
intensify the gloom and offer deeper shadows beyond the feeble rays of light.
As they penetrated into a maze of small streets they became aware of an
occasional furtive figure flitting through the grey gloom.
"Best keep to the centre of the road," advised Smith, "then we have some
chance of seeing what is happening. We shall get more used to this darkness
presently."
They were just approaching a cross roads when Michael gave a cry of
warning. A car came rushing towards them at great speed, braked suddenly and
turned on two wheels into the right hand turning. A sinister looking bundle
was thrown out on to the pathway followed by a quick rattle of machine gun
fire from the car, then on it sped, as fast as it had arrived. Michael ran
forward expecting to find a bleeding body on the ground. To his amazement
there was nothing there.
Smith quickly joined him. "I should say that we have witnessed an astral
repetition of some gangster outrage on Earth. There was no body, there
couldn't be. But the villain, in his mad efforts to escape the consequences of
his act, keeps on repeating the scene for which he has created an illusory car
and gun with an astral body to shoot at. Of course it dematerialised as soon
as it was beyond his control. I dare say the poor devil has been repeating
that episode for years."
Michael gave a whistle of astonishment. "I suppose no one can help him?"
"I doubt it. Anyway the local workers will know all about him. He will go
on doing it until he listens to them and accepts the fact that it is all
illusion.
The little party hurried on and presently began to meet more people. For
the most part these took no notice of them, being entirely absorbed in their
own affairs. Since they had left the bridge, however, Michael had felt certain
that some individuals were shadowing their progress and turned more than once
to try and catch sight of some skulking figure. The feeling of being watched
became more and more intense and presently was emphasized by a man who had
been watching their approach from a patch of shadow on the pavement. As they
passed him, he stepped forward and gave vent to a burst of satirical laughter.
The inhuman sound of it made Mary give a little shiver and press closer to
Michael.
Suddenly she gave a scream. "Look!" she cried. Michael followed her gaze to
see a large snake writhing sinuously towards them. Smith seemed unperturbed at
the sight and simply pointed his staff at the reptile which reared up and
swayed its head menacingly to and fro, its wicked little tongue darting in and
out. Then it sank to the ground and slithered away into the shadows.
"Jove!" exclaimed Michael. "This is traditional Hell with a vengeance. "
"Don't be alarmed," said Smith, "it couldn't have hurt you, it has no
concrete existence. It was merely an astral shape conjured up by some evil
mind to frighten us. It does indicate, however, that we are, shall I say -
expected. A welcome awaits us."
"Well, if that thing can't hurt us what is there to be afraid of?" asked
Michael.
"The principal danger is that some evil entity might try and obsess one of
us, using a temporary state of fear to accomplish his object. That means try
and get into our body and manifest through us. But we must not allow ourselves
to be overcome by fear. And in any case we are well protected by the Hierarchy
whose Initiates have given us permission to come here. The only chance of
danger is in our thinking we had hurt ourselves, or were at the mercy of those
who wish to injure us. Supposing that bandit's car had run into us, it would
merely have passed through us. A queer experience, that is all. But supposing
we were in such a state of fright that we thought it was a real car which had
really run over us, then we might have accepted, subconsciously, the idea of
being hurt. That might have made some impression on our etheric bodies and
would certainly weaken our resistance to any further funny tricks they might
have ready for us. It is really a form of suggestion."
By this time they were some distance from the river. Michael had no idea
where they were but Smith seemed to be acting under some form of guidance.
Presently he called a halt. "Now do carefully what I tell you. A lot depends
upon the success of this manoeuvre. Stand back to back here, forming a
triangle. That's right. Now send out your strongest thoughts to Vera's spirit.
Tell her to answer you."
For a while the trio stood there, sending out the vital call of spirit to
spirit. As he did so Michael could not help noticing that swirls of vapour
wound close to his face. And, whether it was his imagination or not, these
swirls seemed to take the shape of horrible grinning mask-like faces. He found
it hard to concentrate and sensed that the object of those ghastly
distractions was to prevent him from doing so. He was relieved when Smith told
them to relax.
Nothing doing," he remarked, "we must move on and try again. By the way,
take no notice of those charming faces you may have seen. They are not real"
Once more the party advanced, travelling fuller and further into the depths
of this city of evil. Sometimes they heard shrill screams from neighbouring
buildings suggesting some horrible crime that was being re-enacted with
age-old persistency. Once they saw a woman who passed along the street sobbing
as if her heart would break. Michael wanted to go and help her but Smith
sternly ordered him to desist. "You do not know that she might be a trap, a
mere wraith set there by evil ones to entangle you. We have but one task at
this time, let us resolve to stick to it."
A second time they formed a triangle and sent out the clarion call of
rescue. Again the wreaths of mist wound their way into fantastic shapes and
this time they were accompanied by flickering tongues of blue flame shooting
about in the manner of phosphorescence. Michael could tell that Mary was
deeply conscious of these manifestations for her slight form shivered against
his shoulder.
They all heard it together. A long-drawn shrill scream of despair coming
from the direction in which Mary was facing.
"Come on," said Smith, a determined note in his voice, and they set out in
the direction from which the sound had come. When he judged they had gone far
enough he called a halt and they formed triangle once more. Thus, by a process
not unlike the radio directional methods used to guide ships and aircraft on
Earth, they came at length to a large dark building from which came not a ray
of light.
"She is somewhere in there," announced Smith, gazing curiously at the
building. This time they stood in a row and sent their thought call towards
the building. But no answering cry of despair came to reward their efforts.
Smith gave a little expression of annoyance. "They must be holding the poor
child down with their filthy minds," he muttered. "Well, we shall have to make
an entry and see what is inside."
Leading the way, the valiant little tobacconist went up to the largest of
the entrances to the building. The door was bolted but he soon disposed of
that by means of keen concentration of thought. The bolt melted away and the
door swung open. Hunching his shoulders, he said, "Here goes," and marched
boldly in, his staff at the ready. Mary followed, with Michael bringing up the
rear. Through the building they tramped, examining room after room. Once a
veritable gale of derisive laughter swept down one of the corridors causing
Mary and Michael to shiver with apprehension. "Don't pay any attention to
that," cried Smith who was ahead, "whatever you do, don't think about it.
Think only of Vera and success."
With an effort Michael switched his thoughts away from that eldritch
screeching though every fibre of his being ached to respond to this appalling
manifestation. Suddenly, Smith, who had glanced back over his shoulder at
Mary, faced about and stood regarding her. Then Michael realised that she was
in a trance. Her eyes were closed and her face was set in severe lines as if
the controlling entity were a man. She faced round to her left where there was
a door. Her lips moved and Michael just got the word 'Vera' which they
formulated. Again she spoke, louder. From inside the room there came the sound
of a scuffle. Then there was a scream, rising to a shriek.
"Go away, I hate you all. I don't want you here. If you don't go horrible
things will happen to you. Go! Go! GO!" The distraught voice rose into a
shriek.
Michael, who had been eyeing Mary's lips, now began to notice that the
swirling mists were taking advantage of the halt to gather again. The
atmosphere became clammy and smelt abominably with a clinging foetid odour
reminiscent of putrefaction. But Smith dispelled a good deal of that by use of
his staff. The shrieking laughter began again behind Michael and this time it
had a triumphant ring in it.
"Don't turn away, keep facing the door," murmured Smith in his ear. Not too
soon, for Michael was on the point of giving way to an irresistible impulse to
turn round and see who was laughing so uproariously. He concentrated his mind
upon the door in front of him, conscious that attempts were being made to
distract his attention. Insidious whispers just behind his ear made him long
to turn his head just a fraction; the longing became more compelling than any
urge of which he had recollection. He had to summon all his power to resist.
Mary's lips began to move again. "Open the door," she commanded.
Smith pressed open the door and entered the room followed by the entranced
Mary with Michael in the rear as before. As he entered the doorway he saw a
woman lying crouched on a bed of filthy rags upon the floor. It was Vera, her
rag doll clutched to her breast. But this time there was nothing approaching
recognition in those staring eyes. With horror Michael saw madness staring at
him from their flaming depths. It seemed incredible that a human being he had
known and liked, with whom he had been so intimate, could change into such a
terrible personality. He heard a voice, it might have been his own common
sense, telling him that nothing could be done. Vera was past help. Better
leave her as she was. It really seemed the sensible thing to do and there was
Mary who might be injured by too long a period in trance ....
With a shock he realised that it was the insistent voice outside the room
which had been whispering into his ear. It was not his own self. Taking a pull
on himself he shut out that impression and concentrated his attention upon the
work in hand. Mary's control now began to take charge. In a voice that
gathered in strength she ordered the two men to form a triangle with her,
facing inwards and holding their staves behind their backs in a horizontal
position so that they formed a wooden enclosure. This done she caused the
wooden triangle to move bodily towards the obsessed girl who hurled a perfect
tornado of shrieks at them, shielding her face with her forearm as if danger
threatened. Finally the trio arrived in a position that enclosed the hapless
Vera within the triangle. A commanding voice issued from Mary's lips.
"Ignorant spirit, I command you to leave the body of this girl. Go! "
There was such power behind the last word, which was shot out with intense
force, that Vera's body became convulsed, she groaned as if in agony. Mary's
voice spoke again, and yet again. The third time Vera sprang to her feet and
threw her hands high above her head, her features working with passion. Then
with a shriek that jarred Michael's etheric senses, her body shook as if
something were being drawn out of it, to fly upwards to the ceiling like a
rebounding elastic. The girl's body swayed drunkenly, then collapsed in a heap
upon the floor. Vera was free.
Mary gave a little shudder, gasped and opened her eyes. "Blimey! " she
said, when she saw what lay at her feet.
"Are you all right?" asked Smith solicitously.
Mary raised her eyebrows. "Fine, how's the family?"
Don't you know that you have been in trance, helping to rid poor Vera of an
obsessing entity?" asked Smith.
Mary was astounded and looked it. She looked round her distastefully. "Nice
place she's got here." She glanced down at her feet and for the first time
seemed to sense the desperate need of the girl on the floor. Dropping down
beside her she raised Vera's body so that her head rested against her shoulder
and encircled her with one arm. She murmured words of love and pity as she
pillowed the tangled mass of curls against her breast. With a shuddering sigh
that wrenched Michael's heart Vera opened her eyes, looked round with a
fearful glance that spoke volumes, then came to rest them wonderingly on the
kindly face so close to her own.
The return journey was far easier than the outward one. Although the dense
nature of the atmosphere made it difficult for them to travel with the usual
swift progress to which they were accustomed, they were able, now that their
object was accomplished, to make themselves partially invisible to the
denizens of the neighbourhood by raising their own vibrations. Vera was left
in Mary's charge and a spiritual healer was summoned to attend her.
As they returned home Michael observed to his companion that he would like
to be alone for a while. Smith nodded understandingly.
"Yes, you have accomplished a great deal, you have much to be thankful
for."
Michael's feelings were mixed. He was conscious of a feeling of elation at
the successful termination of his mission. It seemed that at last Vera was out
of danger and her recovery only a matter of time and attention. Yet the sense
of freedom engendered by the rescue was burdened by the thought of that
horror-haunted city across the river. Even now the lingering thought of that
appalling stench assailed him. He pondered over the evil, layers and layers of
it, that must have gone to the brewing of that vicious odour. It seemed
incredible that man, own son to glory that is God, could trespass so far,
could sink so low and apparently be content to remain in such a condition. The
thought sank deep into his being, where it was to have a vital effect upon his
future planning.
It was some time before Michael and Vera were able to meet. Acting on the
advice of experts, Mary insisted on keeping her quiet and without visitors
during the time that she was having the attention of a skilled spiritual
healer. There was much damage to her etheric body which had been 'wounded' by
the antics of the violent spirit which had succeeded in gaining entry. At
length, however, the time came when she was pronounced fit to meet people.
Mary brought her to the open space which was dignified by the term 'Municipal
Gardens', and which boasted a few tired looking flowers which struggled for
existence in the misty fog-laden air.
Michael met her there. She came forward on Mary's arm. He saw that she had
discarded the old rags and was wearing robes that became her, her hair was
bright again and her eyes shone with new light. She looked more spiritual than
he had ever seen her.
"My dear," he said. taking her hands in his, and leading her to a seat. "I
am so happy to see you well again."
She conjured up a smile for him and sank on to the seat with a little sigh.
She was obviously still very depleted. Mary smiled down at her with a motherly
air. "I am going to leave you with Michael for a little while." She turned to
him. "Mind you take her home if you think she is getting too exhausted." With
an understanding look at him she went off in the direction of her shop.
Michael sat down beside Vera and took possession of one of her hands. The
action seemed to give her strength as if some power flowed from him to her.
For a while neither spoke. There was so much to say, on so many planes of
thought, that it was difficult to know where to begin. They were not in love,
these two, yet they had shared in a deep experience which had created a bond
between them with a corresponding thread of understanding.
"How are you now?" Michael began. "I cannot conceive what a terrible time
you must have had."
For a while she regarded him silently, her eyes searching his for some
means of breaking down the little wall of reserve which still remained between
them. Then she spoke:
"I am beginning to forget, thanks be. The healer who has been treating me
has told me a lot and I am beginning to learn the real truth about things. But
first tell me about yourself. I hear that you are married and that your wife
is over here too. Have you any children?"
Michael told her. He sketched the events of his life from the time he left
home until the present. She listened with deep interest. He wondered whether
he could speak to her of her son and his. Or whether mention of him would
cause her emotional distress that might retard her recovery. He decided to
tell her.
"I have some important news for you," he said gently. "News concerning our
... child."
Vera's eyes regarded him blankly, some of the old misery rising in them.
"I have met him, he is a fine young fellow now," he went on.
"I don't understand," she gasped, the words coming in an incredulous
whisper, "my baby was never born. I thought it was when I was ... across the
river, but I know now that I was demented and the baby was only a bundle of
rags."
Michael tried to explain how an incarnating soul begins its life on Earth
from the moment of conception and even if the mother dies before it is born
into the physical world, it has already acquired its etheric body and can
therefore be born into the etheric world. there to grow and develop under the
loving care of women, many of whom have been denied the joys of motherhood in
their own incarnation.
"So you see," he continued, "John went on growing at the same rate as he
would have done on Earth and will continue to do so until he reaches the
etheric age of thirty Earth years. I can tell you that he is a fine young
spirit now."
Vera's eyes had been widening with the wonder of this news.
It seemed that she was unable to absorb the truth of it all at once.
"Michael," she pleaded, her hands gripping his with the intensity of her
emotion, "help me to believe this is true. You are not telling me this just to
... cheer me up?"
Michael shook his head smilingly. "Why, my dear, I wouldn't do that. It is
all very, very true, thank God. I have met John more than once and so has Ann.
He is there, in the Uplands, getting a home ready for you to join him. He
loves you so much, he is longing for you to come and teach him all that only a
mother can teach."
A look of divine ecstasy flashed into Vera's eyes, as if a vision of
unbelievable joys had opened up before her. "Oh, my dear, this news has made a
new woman of me, it has taken me right up into Heaven. Oh if I had only known
this before. My baby - grown up." A pathetic look of yearning came over her
face as she thought of the lovely years of his childhood which she had missed.
Then she turned to Michael again.
"What does he know about me?"
"Not very much. You see he has no experience of Earth life and its
difficulties and he wouldn't understand the meaning of deep emotions. Our
story would seem rather futile and silly to him unless he were at the same
time educated in the meaning of Earth life. He is filled with an intense
longing to know about it all and it will be your pleasant task to teach him.
You will find him a very willing pupil."
"Oh yes," she whispered, her eyes shining, "that would be heaven in itself.
To teach my boy to be brave and fine and strong, not to hold the knowledge of
evil from him but to teach him of the futility of evil.. Oh I can teach him
about that, I know, I know."
"Would you like to tell me about it?" asked Michael softly.
Her eyes flashed. "I would like to tell the world, I would like to shout my
story from the housetops if it would help one single wretched soul from having
to endure the hell that I went through. I have learnt a terrible lesson. My
story is a long one, the Healer has been telling me about it. You know, I had
lived an Earth before, this was my second incarnation. When I was incarnated
the first time I was a Priestess in the days of Atlantis and I had endless
opportunities for doing good and righting many wrongs. But I was proud and
selfish and I delighted in torturing the poor wretches I ought to have helped.
Well, after thousands of years of trying to work that out I was allowed to try
again and I was given a test. If I passed that test satisfactorily I could
take it that the account was squared.
"I don't suppose you have the slightest conception of the thoughts that
occupied my mind that time in Belchester?" She smiled bitterly. "I was
ambitious, I was determined I would not remain a nobody in Belchester. I meant
to get on. I had designs on you from the time we were kids together. I could
see you had it in you to succeed and I meant to share your success. I kidded
myself that I was in love with you. I wasn't, of course, but it pleased me to
fancy it that way. I knew you didn't care a rap about me for you were in love
with your career. And that made me mad. I knew that what I was planning was
wrong, I think my conscience was jabbing at me. And that made me all the more
determined to have my way. I determined to possess you some way or other. I
made up my mind to have a child by you and then force you to marry me." Vera
threw the words from her in the bitterness of self-abasement. For a few
moments she was silent. Then she went on:
"I got my way, and I found to my joy that a child was coming. I knew my
father would do all in his power to make you marry me or else turn me out. He
was terribly proud and very hard. It didn't matter much which way things went
for I knew my Michael. Things looked pretty good. Then one day I went for a
walk along the river bank. I sat down to rest and must have gone to sleep for
I had a queer dream. I woke up in a state of terror for I remembered some of
my dream. I had seen myself in a mirror, as it were, and realised what I was
trying to do. I knew IJ had failed to pass my test. In an agony of mind I
determined that I would not try and ruin your life as well as my own. Oh,
thank God, I did that. I know now that it formed a link between us that
enabled you to come and help me. It was that little act which saved me from I
daren't think what.
"I went home and my appearance must have frightened my mother for she soon
had the truth out of me. Then my father came in and he was told. He flew into
a passion and demanded to know who the father was. I swore I did not know, I
told lies and pretended that I was a real bad lot and it might be one of
several. My father went mad with rage and threatened to turn me out of the
house if I did not tell. I got in a terrible state too and dashed out of the
house. I went hack to the place where I had my dream and ... well you know
what happened. I thought I was making an end of it all. Oh, my God!" She
laughed bitterly. "An end! It wasn't an end, it was a beginning, a re-birth
into Hell!"
She was silent for a while till she had regained control of herself.
Michael possessed himself of one of her hands again and the action seemed to
give her strength to go on.
"I woke up, down there, in that foul part of the city. I seemed to have had
a dream that I gave birth to my child and then got separated from it. My arms
ached for it and I wandered about disconsolate, looking for it. My heart
almost burst with the strain of longing, I felt emotion and remorse more
keenly than you can ever imagine. I knew that my horrible situation was due to
what I had done to myself, taking my own life from motives of fear. Oh,
Michael, don't ever let anyone commit suicide if you can prevent them, the
consequences are terrible.
“Well, naturally, I didn't find my baby and so, hardly knowing what I was
doing, I made a doll out of rags and hugged that, thinking I might still the
ache in my heart. But the rags kept on falling to pieces and I began to haunt
the yards of the houses picking up what scraps I could. Sometimes I used to
come over this side to find better scraps, but I found the bright light here
hard to bear.
"I don't know how long I was there, I had no idea of time. I met people and
some of them spoke kindly to me and took me to their houses, but in reality
they were filthy people. The debauchery, the horrors, the awful things they
showed me. Then a man I had met at one of the houses began to hang around that
building where I made myself a home. A horrible man but with unlimited
patience and devilish persuasion. At length I was in such a state of despair
that I didn't care what happened. The man used to follow me about, I couldn't
shake him off. Gradually he got so close that we were never apart. Then
somehow, I don't know how, he managed to get into my body and I was driven
out, it seemed as there were two of us in one body." She gave a shudder at the
recollection and buried her face in her hands.
Michael put his arm protectively about her. "Don't tell me any more, my
dear. Let us try and forget it." But she shook herself free and faced him with
a sudden determination.
"I will finish, I must. It will help me to tell you. It became worse when
that man obsessed me. You know that that place where you found me is only at
the fringe of what they call Hell. This beast made me penetrate further into
the depths of that foul place. All the horrible things that the Earth has ever
spewed forth are congregated in that obscene sink of iniquity. I was helpless,
he had complete charge of me and I was carried along, compelled to witness all
the depravity and perversion in which he indulged with a perfectly fiendish
enjoyment."
“It sounds incredible, I know,” she added bitterly, “but it can happen, I
can assure you of that.”
"But, Vera, my dear, surely all that did not happen to you because of your
one indiscretion?"
She shook her head. "No it was not because of that. You see when I failed
to pass my test and tried to end my life as well I released all the evil I had
accumulated as a result of my past incarnation. I had the Chance to get rid of
that burden by showing that I had learned to control my lower self, but I
hadn't, I failed. So I had to learn the lesson all over again."
"Oh, my dear child," cried Michael from the depths of his heart, "I am so
terribly sorry I was so weak. How much I could have accomplished for you if I
had been stronger."
Again Vera shook her head. "I don't think you could, Michael. I had to
learn that lesson. If it hadn't been you it would have been someone else. I
was determined to have my own way." She gave a deep sigh of relief. "I feel
better for having told you all that, perhaps it has helped to get some of its
effects out of my system. Anyway," her eyes met his and lit up again, "I feel
happier than I can ever remember. And what you tell me about my ... John,
lifts my heart right up out of that ghastly memory. I love him already
although I have never seen him. But he has lain next to my heart, he is mine.
Tell me more about him, Michael, what does he look like?"
He told her and as he did so her face began to soften and the hard lines
were smoothed away. So Mary found them. She sat down beside Vera and put a
hand impulsively over hers. A message passed between them such as only women
who have suffered deeply can give to each other.
"My dear, you are looking better already. Michael must have found the magic
elixir for you."
"Oh, more than that," exclaimed Vera happily, "he has told me about John."
Mary nodded enthusiastically. "Aren't you just longing to meet him?"
Suddenly Vera's eyes clouded and signs of a coming storm rippled her
features. She dropped her head into her hands. Had she been able she would
have sought relief in tears. Her emotions, so deeply stirred, had at last
rebelled and momentarily overcome her weak condition.
Mary put an arm about her. "I am going to take her home," she said
decisively. So, with Vera between them, the three paced slowly homewards. At
the door Vera, now more in control of herself, turned to Michael.
"Thank you, Michael dear, for all you have done for me. Words cannot
express all that I feel but some day I wi1l try and learn how to thank you
properly. Don't worry any more about me. I am going right ahead, for there is
a magnet in front of me that will never let me go."
Michael took her hand in his and on a sudden impulse, kissed her on the
forehead. It was a kiss of benediction, an impulse coming from deep within
himself. It seemed to set a seal upon the design that the weaving of their
respective threads had made in the pattern of their lives. They had met,
together they had experienced bitterness and joy, and now they were to part.
Something had been accomplished.
When Michael got home he opened his door to an unaccustomed blaze of light.
For a moment he had to shield his eyes to see who was standing there. It was
Tendor. He had thrown off his dull cloak and stood, magnificent, glowing with
a radiance that brought to Michael a nostalgic memory of his beloved Ann in
that other life that seemed so far off in contrast to the depths he had just
experienced. A cry of joy on his lips he went to meet his dear friend with
hands outstretched.
When the two had exchanged greetings Michael begged for news of his
beloved. With his gentle smile Tendor said, "Have you not brought back with
you any recollection of the many times you came to join her while your coarser
vehicle slept here?"
"Oh, yes," exclaimed Michael impatiently, "I had vague memories. But that
is not enough. How is she? Is she happy? And the children?"
"They are well, and they await your return eagerly. I have some good news
for you. The Lords of Karma, they who hold the tangled threads of destiny and
who watch the scales of Divine Justice have decreed that you have earned your
release from this place. You have earned the right to go back to the Lowlands
where further opportunities await you."
Michael was so overcome by this glorious news that he could scarcely
control his thoughts. "Oh. Tendor! Have I really reached that point?"
"The final adjustment to the Scales of Justice is not yet made but you are
free from the chains that held you to this place."
"The Lowlands and Ann." Michael softly breathed his thoughts aloud.
"Aye," put in the Guide. "she will await you there and the children will
visit you there from time to time."
Michael found that the thought of reunion was almost too much to bear. From
the time that he had entered this lower plane a veil had mercifully been drawn
across the bright memory of the radiant heights where Ann dwelt with the
children. But the arrival of Tendor in his pristine brightness had pulled
aside the curtain and brought back reality. He felt an indescribable longing
to get back to her.
Tendor, having arranged an appointed hour to call for him, took his
departure. Michael then set out to say goodbye to the many friends he had made
during his stay in the City of Illusion. Smith refused to say goodbye, saying
that Mary and he were to attend his departure. Finally he sought Vera. She was
looking brighter and happier than when he left her last and greeted him
gladly. He told her of his impending departure.
She nodded her head. "Yes. Mary has told me. I am so glad." "Perhaps," she
added wistfully. "you may meet my John. Tell him ... tell him that I am
striving with all my strength to win my way back to him, and give him all my
love."
Michael promised that he would do all in his power to deliver the message.
"I feel that I am leaving you in good hands." he added.
A happy smile came over Vera's face. "Mary is a darling. She is so good to
me, I really don't deserve it."
For a while they talked of the future; neither of them felt inclined to
recall her recent experience, even though it must be burnt upon her mind
indelibly. They parted as they had met, with the unspoken sympathy of those
whose paths have met in the mists of suffering.
It was just after the mythical daylight had broken over the City of
Illusion that he and Tendor set out together, this time for the hills that lay
behind the city. As they climbed the steep slopes Michael paused to look back
at this queer metropolis where he had met with such varied experiences. In the
half-light engendered by the overhanging mists, it looked like some artistic
creation by a highly imaginative painter. Distance lent some enchantment to
the half tones and veiled the air of disreputableness which characterised its
closer appearance. A deep sense of thankfulness came welling up from within
him that he had been enabled to rescue at least one poor victim from that
darker hell which lay across the river. He breathed a prayer for those souls
in self-inflicted bondage as he turned away to follow Tendor.
At length they neared the top and on rounding a corner came upon a little
chapel that seemed out of place in these grim heights. It was a little gem of
architecture and while there was little enough beauty in its setting, it
seemed to light up its surroundings with a gentle radiance that gave promise
of some wonderful quality within.
“What is this place?” asked Michael.
"It is a Chapel of Release." explained Tendor. "Here we shall meet the
Initiate who aided you to rescue Vera. He is to help to speed you to a higher
plane."
Michael entered the tiny building to find a lovely atmosphere that was
deeply soothing. There was a dim quietness here as if some angel had his being
about the altar. The contrast between the murky atmosphere he had just left
and the clear though dimmed environment of this peaceful place made him feel
as if he had shed some irksome garment directly he entered the door. To his
delight he found Mary and Freddie Smith awaiting him. He greeted them both
eagerly.
"I do wish you were coming with me," he could not help saying. He was
finding that service in the common cause had its own rewards. He felt bound to
these two by ties made enduring through achievement; the thought of parting
from them was a sad one.
Mary smiled at him. She seemed to understand. "You wouldn't have me leave
my friend Vera, would you?" she demanded. "I have you to thank for bringing us
together. She and I are great friends and we are planning all sorts of things
to do together."
Michael looked across at Smith. "And you, Freddie?"
Smith shook his head decisively. "My time will come. In your happiness I
see a reflection of what awaits me. With that I am content."
For a while they talked together, then Tendor beckoned to Michael. With a
last farewell to his friends, Michael followed his Guide up to the altar where
a spirit in like somber garments to themselves, awaited them. He greeted
Michael with a ready smile, and explained that it was he who had spoken
through Mary when they were combating the evil forces which held Vera down.
Michael began to express his thanks but the Initiate merely smiled.
"It was an opportunity to serve God and at the same time to help two
Spirits in distress. It is always a privilege to do that."
At his invitation Michael and Tendor passed beyond the altar rails and the
Initiate moved to draw a curtain of thin transparent material across. Michael
glanced back for the last time into the dimness of the nave. A smile from both
his friends greeted the gesture, one that he carried as a precious memory into
the future that awaited him.
When the curtain was drawn the Initiate bid them remove their outer
garments. It was with a feeling of relief that Michael shed the clinging folds
of the dark robe that had covered him since he arrived in this realm, and
stood forth in the unaccustomed brightness of his normal attire. He gazed in
astonishment at the brilliance that emanated from the Initiate when he too
removed his outer robe. It was a splendour that transcended even that of
Tendor.
The three then faced the altar and stood for a while in silent prayer.
Accustomed to the almost materialistic reaction to divine influence which
characterised life in his recent surroundings, Michael found a new aspect of
God shining before him as he stood in the grateful freedom of his own
personality. It was like coming out of long incarceration in darkness into the
delicious freedom of the sunshine. Suddenly he became aware, with a conviction
he had never experienced before, that God is truly in all things and the more
a spirit expands in consciousness the greater will be the realisation of this
fact. Down the beams of light that filtered through the stained glass of the
Chapel East window, came a new assurance of spiritual power, a new
understanding of God. A consciousness of a wonderful, all-embracing Power,
tempered by the warmth of a Personal Love that sought out his individuality
and made it at-one with joy and serenity. It was a moment of inimitable
splendour far surpassing anything he had known before. He knew that he had
taken a step forward never to retrace it again. He held a precious knowledge
now that was pregnant with strength, for he knew that he was a part in very
truth with the ultimate grandeur that is God. One by one the veils of illusion
that stretched between him and his Creator were being torn away, to display
Him in ever more glorious Reality. The ecstasy of that knowledge filled his
whole being.
Gradually he brought his consciousness back into the focus of the immediate
present. He became aware that the Initiate was even brighter than he had been
before. The atmosphere was alive with life and movement, he felt himself
growing lighter, rising of his own volition. The deep notes of an organ could
be heard accompanying a song of praise, and among the voices Michael could
distinguish those of Mary and Freddie, speeding him into the light with this
last expression of their regard. The golden beam from the East window seemed
to grow brighter, drawing him up into a heavenly splendour of light and colour
and freedom. He was no longer conscious of the chapel nor of his companions,
he lost all touch with conscious memory ....
Part 6: RESURRECTION
When Michael came to he found himself lying on the grass bathed in the
cosmic rays of the Lowlands. It seemed so bright and airy and refreshing after
the denser atmosphere he had become accustomed to, that he was content for a
while to lie there in blissful enjoyment of the contrast. Then his mind began
to readjust itself and a sudden thought struck him. He was here, in the
Lowlands, near to Ann.
He sat up and looked round. Coming towards him was Tendor, who appeared to
have been on some business of his own. Of the Initiate there was no sign.
"Come," said Tendor, and taking his hand, enabled the two of them to travel
at a great pace over the country-side. After the arid nature of the lower
plane the brightness and verdancy of these surroundings offered a new
revelation of the layer-like design of the Spirit World. Here in this realm,
Michael could see much that was also present in the lower Astral plane, but
with what a difference! Brilliance of colour, vitality of growth, quality of
the atmosphere, even the very texture of concrete things, were in subtle
contrast to their counterparts in that other, coarser world.
At length the home he loved came in sight. A moment later they alighted on
the lawn and the children came running out to greet them with loud cries of
welcome, while behind, her eyes shining with a joy she could not conceal, came
Ann. The rapture of that reunion was something Michael had never experienced
before. It seemed as if the circumstances of his stay in the City of Illusion
had sharpened his ability to appreciate and shown him how to live more fully
through the finer perceptions of the Spirit rather than through the clamorous
demands of the senses. Where before he had accepted Ann as his mate and
companion, he saw her now as something more, a complement to himself, enabling
him to live more fully by reason of the reaction between them. This subtlety
was much more apparent since his return from his redemptive experience. He was
now able to plumb far more deeply and satisfyingly that spiritual at-one-ment
which is the reality and core of what on Earth is termed love. He knew now
that he could not live and function to the fullest extent apart from her and
from the message he read in her eyes, he knew that she, too, was aware of this
glorious vital fact. The most radiant of Earthly lovers never attained such
heights as this.
Presently Ann announced that she would have to take the children back to
their home in the Uplands but promised to return at once. When they were gone
Michael began to discuss his future with Tendor. The Guide told him that he
would have to remain where he was until he was revitalised after his stay in
the depleting lower realm. It was to be in the nature of a holiday. Ann would
be with him and from time to time the children would come and visit them.
"There is much to entertain you here," said Tendor, "there are many places
for you to visit. Halls of music or the arts, workshops and experimental
centres, laboratories or universities where you may study and discuss on
almost any subject you wish. Any career is open to you, choose what you will."
For a while Michael pondered on this fascinating prospect.
To have the means and the leisure to minister to all the desires of his
heart, that was a thrilling outlook. “It is almost too good to be true,” he
observed. “Fancy being able to just sit back and think what one would like
best to do or be. To be a good singer or a fine artist.”
"Why, of course," smiled Tendor, "there are no restrictions here. Of
course, inclinations and skill vary, it all depends upon the application you
put into it. But the capacity is there, inherent in each one of us. And there
are no tedious manual exercises to perform, it is just a question of
developing mental ability. If you need facts you have only to tap the Akashic
Records where all the information you can possibly require is registered."
Thus for a period of the Twins career the simple yet joyous pleasures of
the World of Spirit claimed their whole attention. There was so much to do, so
much to learn and acquire that neither of them would have been conscious of
the passage of time even if their lives had been subject to such a limitation.
But in spite of these distractions Michael found his thoughts returning again
and again to the plight of such as Vera in the underworld the Astral plane. He
was conscious of an intense longing to do something practical to help these
unfortunates. Even the thought of turning that longing into action was an
easement to the drain of sympathy that his contact with the lower Astral still
drew from him.
"I think," he remarked an the occasion of one of Tendor's visits to them,
"that I should like to undertake some farm of service. I have been so blessed
myself that I should like to help others to experience similar blessings. I
think that would give me more happiness than anything else I can think of."
Tendor beamed. "You have chosen well, my son. You shall indeed serve the
Great Spirit and you speak the truth when you say that that is the way to true
happiness. A way will be found for you, but not just yet."
Michael and Ann now found themselves impressed to study the laws which
govern the Earth plane and the communications between it and the Spirit World.
To their joy Tendor had been able to tell them that they could work together.
In fact, as he observed, their joint power would be more than twice that of
two individuals because of the strong, well-developed link between them.
Sometimes Tendor amplified their studies by taking them on Cosmic trips into
space whence they could observe the Earth and the peregrinations of the Solar
system and its constituents. They also studied and observed the effects of the
relevant Cosmic rays on Earth life.
Michaels ebullient nature had now recovered its full strength and with his
usual impatience he demanded that the new work should commence without delay.
But Tendor was not to be hurried. "There is a psychological moment for all
things," he would say, with his enigmatic smile. "You must restrain that
restive steed of yours. The Earth will not run away, and it will not change
much in the time of waiting."
At length the time came for their departure to the scene of their new
activities. After a last meeting with the children they made their final
preparations. These consisted mainly in the preparation of the necessary robes
which should enable them to function and be recognised on the plane where they
were to work. It was understood that this would be on one of the sub-stratas
of the Astral plane. The fashioning of these garments was accomplished by
obtaining special fabric and constructing the robes which were then subjected
to a slowing dawn process of their vibrations. Just as the whirling blades of
an aircraft propellor are invisible at high speeds and on slowing down became
visible as a thin shadow, so did these robes become dense in relation to
physical senses as their vibrations or speed were reduced. As a result they
became mare opaque, and when donned, shut out much of the inherent light of
the individual. Thus an inhabitant of the lower Astral plane is enabled to see
and communicate with one thus attired where, without that garment, they would
be invisible.
Accompanied by Tendor, Michael and Ann made their descent into the lower
Astral plane, using one of the prepared channels just as Human beings use
established tube tunnels and lifts to ascend or descend to varying levels.
These channels are maintained by Spirit power which, working as a sort of beam
of light, cleaves through the darkness of the lower planes and forms a bulwark
against evil influences. The use of them saves much individual expenditure of
power in preparation for such a venture, for workers can come and go more
freely by this means than if they had to protect themselves on each occasion.
Nevertheless descent into a lower sphere is never a pleasant affair, there is
always a feeling of constriction and suffocation, together with the
penetrating and often unpleasant odour of the plane concerned.
In due course the trio arrived at a large and important looking building
not unlike a hospital. Here they were received and conducted to the
Superintendant. A spirit worker of great experience and wisdom, he questioned
Michael and Ann as to their abilities and the work they desired to do. Finally
he sent for one whom he referred to as Raphael.
Though not such a glowing spirit as the Superintendent, Raphael showed
himself to be one of considerable attainments and much charm of manner. It was
clear too that he was steadfast and determined, while the condition of his
robes showed that he worked in some of the more severe conditions to be met
with on this plane. Raphael now took charge of Michael and Ann and they bid a
temporary farewell to Tendor. Their new guide led them through the long
corridors and wards of the hospital, showing them the various degrees of
patients catered for. He explained that these patients were mainly those who
for various reasons came over in a state of unconsciousness from Earth life
and are not ready to wake up for some time, or who require treatment an
awakening. Nearly all of them appeared to be asleep as Michael and Ann passed
by while about them flitted nurses and attendants.
"Some of these have been ill on Earth for many years," observed Raphael,
"and would not understand what had happened if they woke up anywhere but in
bed. Also some of them continue to demand the same attention and treatment
they had in their last days on Earth. We try to give that where we can because
it helps to give an air of normality to their environment when we try and
explain to them that they are no longer in Human bodies. Some of them take a
lot of convincing."
"Goodness," exclaimed Michael, "they don't know when they are well off."
Raphael laughed. "That is very true. But many of them wont believe it. But
we have a trump card which we play when necessary. We call upon some of their
relatives who have been over here some time. When we produce someone who has
already died the patient usua1ly gives in and accepts the situation. But some
of these people wont wake at all and then it is no use trying to do anything.
They come here convinced they have died and are sleeping the last sleep and
awaiting the Day of Judgment. Nothing will convince them otherwise. We wake
them up and try and get some sense into them but they think it is a dream and
drop off to sleep again. A sort of laziness gets hold of them and they find it
easier to believe something like that which makes no demand upon them, and
there they are, slumbering nonentities."
“I should feel inclined to get hold of a trumpet and blow it," laughed
Michael, "then perhaps they would all wake up."
"You'd better pass on your idea to sister Olivia," agreed Raphael, as a
woman in the garb of a nurse came up. "Sister, will you tell these friends of
mine something about your patients?"
Sister Olivia proved to be a cheerful individual with a merry twinkle in
her eye. Michael observed when he was introduced, that it must be very
pleasant to be welcomed by such a cheerful person when they woke up. She
smiled her pleasure at the remark.
"They are very funny, some of them," she said, "I call this the Incubator;
naughty of me I know, but the name fits. Some of them incubate so long that it
is no wonder they are addled when they wake up." She took the party round her
ward pointing out the cases which had some special interest. Then she led the
way into her little sanctum and regaled them with stories of troublesome
patients which made them laugh heartily.
"Look out of the window," she said presently, "you see that long building
over there? That contains what we call our mummies. They are spirits who have
been over here in a state of self-induced coma, some of them over a hundred
years, and they refuse to wake up."
"Have they really?" said Ann, "and I have only been over ... I don't know
how long. It seems silly not to know."
Sister Olivia smiled at her understandingly. "It is difficult to get rid of
the idea of Earth time, isn't it. We think in terms of progress here, not
years. Otherwise we should get in an awful muddle. Think of my patients,
sleeping away a hundred years or so, time has stopped for them."
"Are these patients of yours all from one country on Earth?" asked Michael.
It was Raphael who replied. "We have no actual racial distinctions here but
we cannot prevent our patients from bringing it with them. We separate them
because we find it easier for them. They would find it strange and alarming to
wake up among people of a different country. These are mostly from British
countries. Of course if they sleep for a very long time they have usually
forgotten all about their Earth life when they awaken. Some of them have to be
completely re-educated."
"Do most people have to pass through these hospitals when they die?" asked
Ann.
"Oh dear me, no," the Sister replied. "we only take serious cases here,
those which need long sleep or treatment. Ordinarily, a Spirit passes easily
into this world, usually finding themselves in a garden specially designed for
their reception. There they can rest and sleep if they desire and later on
meet their loved ones. Often they are so surprised and pleased with it all
that they forget they have passed through the dreaded portals of death."
"I suppose you were a doctor on Earth?" Michael asked Raphael.
Raphael laughed as at a joke. "Yes, but not the sort of doctor you are
thinking of. I didn't carry a stethoscope. I was a Negro witch doctor." Seeing
the incredulous look on both their faces he went on. "When we have been over
some time we lose all identity with the Earthly life. We are just spirits once
more. You will be interested to know that one of my assistants here was once a
king of England. The chief matron was once a washerwoman on Earth, while a
once great military leader is now proud to be a doorkeeper here. To these
spirits their Earthly status was only a part they played. It is what they
learnt in the playing of those parts that matters. That is the wealth of the
Spirit World."
Raphael now conducted his charges to the hostel in which the staff of the
hospital had their own quarters in which to rest or meet their friends. The
buildings were not very impressive after the gracious design of those in the
higher spheres but all that was necessary to the comfort of a spirit in these
conditions was provided. There were flowers in every room.
Michael and Ann spent some time at the hospital learning how to treat
spirits awakening into their new environment. When they felt they had
assimilated the rudiments of such knowledge they were taken before the
regional Organiser, who in this case was a woman. She asked them many
questions; it was, in fact, a sort of oral examination. Finally she smiled at
them.
"I think you have earned the right to begin work on your own now with
Raphael to guide and instruct you. Remember that upon the sympathetic
understanding and treatment of each case may depend the advancement of the
spirit you are trying to help. There must be absolute selflessness in all you
do. Do not be in a hurry for results, do not short-circuit things in the hope
of doing a greater service. Do not be too generous in your offers of love and
sympathy; your patients are not accustomed to that and as to a drowning man
who must not be given too big a meal immediately after his rescue, give your
love in small but definite doses, like medicine. Otherwise you might do more
harm than good. Now I am going to leave you to Raphael, he will know what to
do."
Having taken their leave of the Organiser, Michael and Ann went out to
where Raphael awaited them. He was delighted to hear of their success and told
them that their first task awaited them. Without further explanation he led
them to a small building which contained a number of cubicles, each fitted up
in the manner of a dark room.
"We are going to assist at the transition of an old lady. Quite an ordinary
case presenting no difficulties. Sure you don't mind participating in a
death-bed scene?" he asked Ann as an afterthought.
Ann shook her head determinedly. "No, I am quite prepared for that."
When they were all inside one of the cubicles, he said: "Now, I want you to
visualise the bedroom of Martha Blameworthy, for that is the name of the old
lady. She has not been a bad woman except that she was selfish and imposed
upon all who were indebted to her. Being a wealthy woman they were many. She
is afraid of death and of leaving the wealth and comfort and, above all, the
power that she has wielded so long. She has no formed ideas about the life
ahead of her for she is not religious and certainly is not spiritual. She is
rather scared at the prospect."
As he shut the door there was almost complete darkness except for a dim
radiance from their spirit robes. There was a strange sensation as if they
were moving and a slight feeling of suffocation. To distract their attention,
Raphael kept on talking.
"This is one of our regular channels of communications with the Earth, of
which you have already heard. If we tried to go down direct we should meet all
sorts of unpleasant experiences as we passed through the lower Astral belt
which immediately contacts the Earths surface." Presently the sensation of
movement, which in reality was due to the change in condition of their
surroundings, got less and less and finally ceased. The light gradually grew
in intensity though not to the extent of the illumination of the plane they
had just left. Michael became aware of a bedroom scene that reminded him of a
theatrical setting. It was strange to find oneself standing in the middle of a
diaphanous wall looking into a room which had every appearance of being solid,
yet which proved to be equally tenuous when approached.
The centre of the roam was occupied by a bed on which lay the figure of a
woman of about seventy years. Round the bed were a doctor, a nurse, and a man
and woman who were presumably relatives of the dying woman. The occupant of
the bed would sometimes murmur a few words and the light in her eyes showed
that there was little wrong with her brain. Her busy fingers were fumbling at
the counterpane.
As if sensing Michaels thoughts Raphael spoke. "She is not really ill, it
is just old age. Her time has come. Look, see who has entered the door."
Michael glanced at the doorway and saw a Being standing there of so
dignified and stately a mien that he guessed it could not be an ordinary
spirit.
"That is an Angel of Mercy," explained Raphael. "He comes personally to
perform the cutting of the life-cord which keeps a spirit chained to its
Earthly body. It is a duty which God only entrusts to advanced Beings such as
he. He knows God's will and how and when to perform the function." Then he
added, "See, the old lady has sensed his arrival."
As if she were indeed aware of the entrance of the Angel, the old lady
raised her head slightly and gazed fixedly at the door. Then her face creased
and tears began to pour down her cheeks.
"I don't want to die, doctor, I don't want to die. Don't let me die." The
querulous voice ended in a wail of self-pity.
The doctor took her hand in his and murmured the things he would be
expected to say at such a time. He knew that nothing could be done and that
the end was approaching.
Reassured by the gesture she looked again at the door. Following her gaze
Michael and Ann saw the features of the Angel change and become transfigured
as a glow of love was projected like a beam of light towards the bed. The old
lady's lips began to move as she tried to tell the others of what she saw, but
the life-force was ebbing fast from the frail body. The Angel held out his
hand to her. As if obeying the call the woman in a sudden access of strength
raised herself into a sitting position, her eyes suddenly alight. In the
distance they could hear music, from a spiritual source, probably relayed from
the higher realms.
"Look behind the Angel," said Raphael.
There behind the radiant figure was a little crowd of spirits, all with
welcoming smiles. They were friends or relatives of the woman making the
transition who had come to aid her arrival and greet her in the new world.
Something attracted Michael's attention to the bed once more. A thin wisp of
vapour began to weave its way out of the top of the dying woman's head and
hung there in a little cloud. Then the body dropped back suddenly and the
hands dropped lifelessly upon the coverlet. Very soon after, a form, replica
of the mortal body, was elevated to a position horizontally extended above the
physical body and facing downwards. This wraith-like form gradually assumed a
denser condition as the etheric forces were released from the physical body
and built themselves into the spirit body. When the process was completed the
etheric body assumed an upright posture at the foot of the bed. Here the Angel
advanced and placed his hands upon the eyes of the etheric form, then stepped
aside. The life-cord still connected physical and etheric bodies but it was
attenuated and was scarcely visible. Martha was free and in her new freedom
was advancing to meet those who had come to fetch her. Exclamations of pleased
surprise came from her lips. She began to respond to the greetings of these
friends, the existence of some of whom she had almost forgotten. The little
group began to move away.
"The Angel has not cut the life-cord yet," observed Michael.
"No," replied Raphael. "He will not do that yet, it would be a shock to the
spirit. He will guard the remains for a little time before he performs that
last office."
The Angel now turned towards the retreating group and stretched out his
arms towards them, obviously concentrating his thoughts upon them. Instantly
the room vanished and after a momentary period of darkness, they all found
themselves in the grounds of the hospital. There ahead of them were the old
lady and her friends now approaching the entrance to the main building. She
gave a yawn. Meeting friends had tired her for some time past and she felt
that this strange experience must also prove tiring. So she was tired. Raphael
stepped forward and spoke to the visitors. They seemed to respect his
authority and made their excuses. A nurse came out of the building and to her
Raphael gave charge of the new arrival, then he rejoined the other two.
"Well," he smiled at them, "that was a very simple case. I showed it to you
in order to give you some idea of what we aim at."
"Will she sleep for a long time?" asked Ann.
"I don't know, I haven't studied the case. Probably having recognised the
faces of her visitors whom she thought to be dead, she will wake up after a
nice refreshing sleep and realise where she is. Then it will be easy to get
her to go off with her friends and learn how to live her new life."
"What about her selfishness?" asked Michael, "won't she have to make
retribution for that?"
"Assuredly. But God does not demand payment on the nail. She will first be
made aware of the fact that she does owe a debt. And conceivably that may take
a long time to sink in. Then she will have to entertain, and express a desire
to make retribution. Then, and not till then, she will be shown how she may
make that retribution. She may shy at that and refuse. Then it will be a case
of waiting until her spirit grows strong enough to enforce its will. Oh yes,
it may be a long business. We do not try and hurry things here. That is a
great mistake."
"Supposing she had been very bad indeed," suggested Ann.
"In that case we should not have been able to get near her to help. She
would have sunk by the weight of her negative thought forms which surrounded
her, down to the lowest Astral plane. We could not have done much for her
then, though there are workers down there who meet such cases. On the other
hand, we have many grades of hospitals and reception gardens and we try to
arrange for a new arrival to enter by the most suitable environment for his
state of development. If there is no need for hospital treatment the visitors
would probably be allowed to take their newly arrived friends straight to the
plane where they are to live and possibly to the house already prepared for
them. We don't have to worry about such arrivals, the regional Organiser knows
when a transition is due and the relatives are warned. One of these goes to
the Organiser's headquarters and makes the necessary arrangements. Quite
businesslike, isn't it?"
“Why yes,” agreed Michael, “but what about cases where there is a lot of
grief. I have heard they are difficult to handle.”
"They are the most difficult of all," replied Raphael. "Grief forms a
deadening wall round both passing spirits and those we would help who are
bereaved. It actually drags the spirit back and makes it almost impossible for
us to tear them away from the scene of the transition. If only we could get
that fact known on Earth what a difference it would make. If only Humans would
realise that a transition ought to be a happy speeding on a delightful journey
instead of an occasion for a parade of grief. So many would think it
disrespectful to the dead not to weep and mourn. But that will change in time.
In the meantime we have to plug away and try and pierce the armour of grief
which ascends from the mourners and surrounds the passing spirit. It is a
terribly low vibration. Often it is not till long after the funeral that we
can approach the afflicted soul."
"What about Martha?" asked Ann, "she was crying at the idea of passing."
Raphael smiled. "There was no one to regret her death except herself and
she soon got over that when she saw her old friends. Her surviving relatives
were mainly concerned with the amount of money they were going to get. It is
the real emotional grief that condenses into a cloud round the spirit leaving
the body."
There were many more expeditions to follow on which the three spent much
effort, and Michael and Ann learned a great deal about the depth and
shallowness of Human nature. At length Raphael expressed himself as satisfied
with their work and ability to work alone.
"I shall always be ready to send you advice if you are in any difficulties.
I shall communicate with you by telepathy."
"But neither Ann nor I are any good at that," expostulated Michael, "not at
a distance."
Raphael chuckled. "It is just the same as thought language. I think you
will be able to understand what I mean." A moment later he disappeared.
Neither of them saw him go, he just wasn't there.
"What on Earth ... " began Michael.
"Wait a minute," cut in Ann, "something is happening. Listen."
Michael listened. He heard nothing. They were standing outside the hostel
and he felt an urge to walk towards a clump of trees away to a flank. Obeying
the impulse he started off and to his surprise he saw that Ann was also moving
in that direction. She looked at him enquiringly as she went.
"Can you hear it?" she asked.
"I can't hear anything, but I feel that I want to walk towards those
trees." About halfway there, he suddenly began to think of the sunken garden
and of some particular orange-coloured flowers that grew there. Still obeying
the urge he turned and retraced his steps. He found that Ann was doing
likewise. As they arrived at the sunken garden Raphael came smilingly up the
steps.
"I think that was all right, you got my messages?"
"Yes I did," said Ann, "I got your thoughts quite clearly."
“I didn't get anything,” Michael said ruefully, “but I know someone was
making me do a route march round the garden.”
"You got the impression all right, you will soon get the thought direct,
like Ann. In the meantime Ann can interpret to you if necessary. Just call me
mentally when you want help. If it is really necessary I will come in person.
Now I have just heard of a case which will be a real test for you both. Come
along with me."
He led the way to the dark-rooms. "I have information that a man is
contemplating suicide," he went on. "You know what that means," he added with
emphasis, addressing Michael. "Try and prevent him if you can."
This time Raphael did not enter the room with them but prepared to shut the
other two in. "I want you to make your minds receptive to the thoughts that I
shall send you. I will visualise your destination and you must link your
thoughts with mine. Just concentrate on me and you will arrive there."
As the door shut, Michael and Ann cleared their minds of all obtruding
thoughts except that of Raphael's personality. Then they began to see, in the
minds eye, a room furnished as a study and library, for the walls were covered
with books. In the centre was a table and at that table a man was sitting ....
The walls of the dark-room melted into the dull light of the Earth world
with which they were now becoming familiar. Around them were the features of
the room which they had seen clairvoyantly a moment before. At the table was
seated a man as in the vision and at once Michael felt his attention arrested
by the look on his face. He was a dark haired man of about fifty odd with
rather broad features and a prominent jaw. Fear, distraction and grim
determination were written among the ravaging lines of bitter experience. It
was obvious that the situation of this man was one needing desperate remedies.
In front of him lay a revolver, while at the back of the table resting against
the inkstand, lay an envelope addressed to the Coroner. On the table were a
number of account books and slips of paper covered with figures. The story was
clear enough. The man smoked cigarette after cigarette and beside his right
hand stood a half-empty glass of whisky.
Ann's voice at his elbow broke in on his examination. “Michael, we must do
something quickly, I believe he is on the verge of committing suicide now."
"Yes, but what?" Michael demanded. "We have no means of making our presence
known."
"Lets send a message to Raphael, he will know what to do."
Michael was rather loath to call on their friend and instructor so early in
their career on their own, but the obviously urgent need for drastic measures
was too apparent for delay. Together they concentrated on Raphael, and made an
effort to describe the situation through the flow of thought. Back came the
answer, aurally to Ann, by impression to Michael. "All you can do is to
concentrate on him and impinge your thoughts upon his mind urging him not to
take his life."
Acting on this advice Michael and Ann bent the whole of their mind force
upon the unfortunate man. Once or twice he looked up and glanced enquiringly
round the room as if someone had called his name. But the reaction was
transitory and once again the haggard look came into his features and he would
shut out all external influences.
Presently he took up the revolver and examined it, caressing it as a little
smile creased the rigid corners of his mouth. Obviously he regarded the weapon
as a way out of all his troubles. A sudden look of action came into his
features.
A little gasp escaped from Ann. "Oh, God help us! What can we do?" There
was a despairing note in her cry. As the man raised the revolver she sprang
forward to snatch it from him, forgetting the change in dimension that
separated them. Her arms passed right through the grim figure and she
retreated, crestfallen, to Michael's side.
But her action seemed to have upset temporarily, the man's intention. Once
again he began to play with the weapon, trying out the best position in which
to point it. Then he laid it down and took a last drink from the tumbler,
after which he grasped the revolver resolutely, seeking to use the momentary
courage the spirit gave him. Ann tried to interpose herself between the man
and his weapon, while Michael redoubled his efforts to impress the man's mind.
Her efforts were fruitless, his intention remained unaffected and Ann felt
herself thrown back by a sudden gathering of his will. He raised the weapon,
and with a scream on her lips Ann turned and buried her face on Michael's
shoulder. When she heard the shot she shuddered convulsively and did not turn
until some moments later when the body had ceased its twitchings and was
still.
With a deepening sense of failure they watched the etheric form of the
suicide rise from the crumpled figure and stand erect, gazing round in
amazement. He looked down at the mortal remains at his feet, then an
expression of horror spread over his face. He was realising the terrible truth
that he had not annihilated himself after all, but was still very much alive.
With one fearful look round, the suicide tried to get back into his body but
eventually he decided that this was impossible. At length he looked up and saw
Michael and Ann. For a moment he was too astonished to show any reaction. Then
the look of surprise was followed by one of fear and before Michael could get
out a word, he gave a scream of despair, and dashed out of the room.
Michael would have followed him, but he got the impression that Raphael was
urgently recalling them. Ann corroborated this, so with heavy hearts they made
their way hack to the hostel.
Raphael came to meet them, wearing, strangely enough, a smile of
satisfaction. "Well done, my friends, you have passed that test well," he
announced.
"But why?" demanded Ann, still somewhat shaken as a result of the
experience, "we failed to save that poor man. It is our fault he did it."
Raphael shook his head emphatically. "Not a bit. I knew when I sent you
that the case was hopeless and for that I ask your pardon, but I thought the
exertion of your whole-hearted efforts would be good training for you. The man
was a solicitor who had robbed his clients and created terrible misery for
many innocent people. He was a coward and afraid to face justice, so it was
easy to see that he would take the coward's way out. Don't worry about that,
it will prove the shortest way for him in the end. So you see, I gave you this
experience purely from the point of view of training. As you may guess, we do
not trust our would-be suicides to incompetent hands. Had there been any
chance of saving him from his folly the powerful influence you exerted would
undoubtedly have done so. In any case your efforts are not lost, for when he
begins to see reason your influence will react on him. That last vision he had
of you two has been burnt into his memory and will never leave him. It will
act like a goad to him in his misery and remorse."
"Will he have to go to that awful place - to Hell?" asked Michael.
"He is on his way there now. He will have his last chance, he will be met
by workers who will try and persuade him to realise what he has done. If he
accepts what they tell him and honestly tries to face his position and sets to
work to undo what he did, why then he would escape the worst. But I don't
think he will, he is too obstinate and fearful. All that he is thinking of at
the moment is to put as great a distance as possible between himself and those
he has wronged."
"It does seem so terrible that suicide should be such a crime," said Ann,
with a still lively sympathy for the unfortunate.
"Well, you see, it is a crime. He has committed murder, he has murdered
himself. God had ordained that he should spend a prescribed number of years
incarnated on Earth. He has defied that Law, he has shaken his fist at God. It
matters not that he did it without being aware of the consequences. The
immutability of God's Laws is not affected by the state of Man's
enlightenment. It is the motive that fixes the extent of the blame and in this
case the motive was purely selfish. If it had been pure, if the suicide had
been in the nature of a sacrifice, he would not have drawn upon himself the
full effects of the Law, he would not have been hurled into the darkness as he
was. The taking of life must have its repercussion, the cause must have its
effects, and therefore he would not have escaped, however pure his motive; his
advance would have been slightly delayed, he might have had to stay a while on
a lower plane, but that would have been part of the sacrifice. He would not
have suffered unduly. And by making that sacrifice he would have learnt much
through the suffering which he did have to endure, thus drawing to himself
compensation beyond his wildest dreams. God's justice is perfect, there is
nothing to be gained from looking for flaws in it."
"This man," he went on, "drew upon himself the full force of the Law which
you saw in action. You saw him literally hurled out of your presence. And as
long as he refuses to recognise his own blame in the matter, the law will
continue to hurl him further and further into the darkness, even into the
depths of what you call Hell."
"And then ... ?" Ann scarcely dared to ask.
"Some day his Spirit will succeed in getting through an impression of the
true state of affairs. Then the Etheric mind will cry enough. The Spirit of
God that burns within man cannot be destroyed, for it is Divine. Of its own
inherent power it will some day burn its way through the etheric casing that
encloses it. Then there will be the reckoning and the redemption. For every
soul must be redeemed, that too, is the law. And after all what is time in
eternity provided the object is gained?"
But neither Michael nor Ann were able to share in this complacent attitude.
To them the fact of a soul being thrown into torment whether of man's creating
or not, was a matter for sombre reflection. They had yet to rise to that point
where they could watch, unmoved, the manifestations of the Law of Cause and
Effect. Both of them were thankful that no more suicides came their way for
some time. In the meantime they continued, with growing enthusiasm, the work
of receiving passing spirits whose incarnation was at an end. Almost every
case had its interesting features, for the reactions of spirits emerging into
the strange wonders of the World of Spirit, are infinitely variant. And
through all their work ran, like a golden thread, an inward joy and
satisfaction which no other form of occupation could engender. At times they
would ask, and readily obtain, permission to go back to the Lowlands where
they would seek rest and recuperation and the never-failing absorption in the
development of their children. Stephanie and Peter were fine young spirits
now, becoming more and more self-reliant. Soon they too would be deemed fit to
take their part in the great work of redeeming mankind from the octopus grip
of Self.
It was after one of these visits that Michael and Ann received a call from
Raphael to attend an urgent case. They were in Ann's quarters when the call
came and Michael, whose aural faculty was now developing, heard the incisive
tones of Raphael's voice say:
"Do not wait for the usual channel of reaching the Earth but go direct on
the thought ray I am projecting for you. One Jim Walker has met with a street
accident and your assistance will be required to help him pass over."
Neither Michael nor Ann had previously tried to obtain access direct to the
Earth, which meant passing unguarded through the dense regions of the lower
Astral plane with all its unpleasant associations. Always before they had made
the journey through one of the prepared tunnels which made the journey so much
easier, but which took some time to achieve. It was possible, they knew, to
make the journey almost instantaneously but in such a case they would not be
able to remain long in the Earth environment as they lacked the necessary
preparation. It is rather like working at the bottom of the sea. A pearl diver
can dart below the surface and remain at considerable depths as long as he can
hold the air in his lungs, but for longer periods a diver with suit and air
pump is essential.
The reason for the urgent summons was not apparent but the Twins were used
to obeying Raphael without question, so great was their trust in him.
Hand-in-hand they stood, concentrating their thoughts on the mind of their
instructor. Almost immediately they began to feel the lift-like sensation and
the familiar aspect of Ann's room faded. When next they could discern objects
they were aware of considerable movement around them. The lift seemed to be
going downwards and queer visions began to pass upward before their eyes. It
was like descending into the depths of the ocean in a submarine with a marine
window enabling one to watch the monsters of the deep where the rays of the
sun never penetrate. Sometimes they would see misshapen figures in Human form
that seemed to be empty, lifeless shells, at others the fantastic creatures
undoubtedly were alive. As far as the dim light revealed, the verdure of this
sphere was of the exotic nature to be seen in the tropical depths of the
ocean. The atmosphere was opaque and of a dull inky blue giving visibility for
only a short distance. All about them seemed to be peering eyes which regarded
their passage with malevolence or with no more than a fish-like indifference.
Everywhere was a foul smell that penetrated the miasma like the odours of the
marsh swamps.
At length the horrible journey was accomplished and the haze thinned into
the light of Earth. The sensation of moving ceased and Michael and Ann found
themselves standing on the pavement of a busy street. In spite of his many
experiences of visiting the Earth, Michael could never forego a thrill at
contacting once more the material surroundings which he had once regarded as
representing the limits of individual experience. The comparatively slow
movements of the pedestrians, after the swift easy motion of the Spirit World,
seemed like a motion picture slowed down, while the sight of cumbersome
vehicles threading the streets in a slow pulsating progression, made him
realise more and more, the great amount of effort required in physical
existence to produce even a small result. Nevertheless the thrill was there,
emphasised perhaps by something that was absent from the life of Spirit, the
conception of a time limitation, the idea that everything has a beginning and
an ending. The thought of a possible ending in sight to any and every
accomplishment gives to the Earthly people an illusion of security. To the
Human mind the thought of life based upon an eternity that is unending and an
infinity that is boundless would cause dismay. To Michael's widening
consciousness this three-dimensional world now brought to him a sense of
wonder that he could ever have conceived of its limitations as real.
Gradually the street scene resolved itself into focus and Michael became
aware of a little crowd close by, the inevitable gathering of rubbernecks
after a street accident. Passing through them as if they had no existence, he
paused at the recumbent figure of a slightly built man, crippled as was
evident from the shortness of one leg and the crutch at his side. The man was
unconscious and even as he watched, Michael saw the etheric evaporation
commence, presaging the release of the spirit. Presently the etheric body
stood clear, the spirit gazing round in astonishment at the crowd and their
obvious ignorance of his presence. Before he could look down at the pathetic
remains Michael drew him clear of the crowd and led him gently away.
Meanwhile Ann had made it her business to locate the Earthly end of the
nearest Spirit tunnel by which they might return. She scanned the
neighbourhood, gazing through the buildings as if they were made of netting
until she saw a familiar glow. Speeding to the spot she found a small upper
room dedicated to spiritual work. Clearly there dwelt here one who was alive
to the existence of the two worlds, for from this room led to one of the
tunnels that pierced the Astral plane. In a moment her part was accomplished
and she was back to meet Michael and the newly passed soul emerging from the
crowd on the pavement. Taking the scarcely conscious spirit by the arm they
conveyed him to his destined plane.
In a field of luxuriant green patterned by wild flowers, the spirit opened
his eyes, gazing round in astonishment. City bred, he saw the beauties of
nature revealed in a way that was miraculous to his untutored mind. Suddenly a
flying figure came in sight and with something between a gulp and a cry of
welcome, a girl of about fourteen threw her arms about him with all the joy of
a mother for her long-lost child. Watching the affecting reunion Michael
gathered that they were both waifs of the physical world judging by the state
of their garments.
Presently the child relaxed the ardour of her greeting and stood back to
view the new arrival possessively.
“Oh, Jim," she cried happily, “I did miss yer when I come 'ere, and oh, I
did wish you was coming 'ere too. Then a lidy come along and I told all about
you and me, and she said she'd see what she could do to get us together agin.
She done it too. Well, ow are yer, Jim? Yer lookin thin. Its a lovely place
and all, 'ere. Why there's fruit on them trees over there and no one stops yer
pickin' it. Ain't seen a copper since I come 'ere." Suddenly she noticed that
they were not alone. For a while she was struck dumb, eyeing Michael and Ann
with sullen distrust.
It was Ann who explained the position and tactfully made it clear to Jim
that the old life was done with.
Jim listened attentively though he gave a quick look round from time to
time as if he was accustomed to a world in which danger stalks close at hand
and where preparedness is better any than trust. But the pastoral air of peace
and quietude evidently reassured him for he turned his attention to Michael.
"Yes, seems like I've conked out, don't it. Ain't a bit like what I
hexpected though. Still I must be a goner, for this 'ere kid died larst year
and I went to her funeral."
"Ah," concurred the girl, "an' I see the luverly flowers you put on me
coffin."
Jim looked at her a bit blankly at that, then he dismissed the thought in
his mind with a little frown as if with the notion that his thoughts were a
bit scattered as yet. He made a slight movement and Michael noticed that he
still limped though his legs were now both perfectly proportioned. He had his
crutch tucked under his arm in its old familiar position.
"By the way, Jim," Michael mentioned with a casual air, "you can throw that
crutch away. You aren't lame over here."
A look of incredulity passed over the man's face, to be followed by a
pitying smile.
"Cheese it, guv'nor, you're a bit off the mark there. I bin lame since I
wos a nipper. Fell off'n a wall trying to get away from a copper. I'll always
be lame like that."
Michael shook his head. "No, Jim, you have left that lame body behind and
got a new one here. See, the two legs are the same size."
Jim glanced down and a comical look of amazement spread over his face.
There was a gasp from the girl.
"Lor, love a duck," he exclaimed, "so they are. Ere, Lizz, take yer arm
off'n me." He threw away the crutch and essayed a few steps. As he shuffled
along, trying to adjust his mind to this unexpected freedom, the girl followed
with the anxious concentration of a mother witnessing the first steps of her
child. With many exclamations and chuckles Jim began to step out and then to
hold himself upright, a forgotten posture to him. There was a great light in
his eyes as he cried: "Glory be! This beats everything, this does. How's this,
mate?" He lifted up his feet and actually began to hop along in an endeavour
to run.
"Splendid, Jim," called Ann, her eyes shining, "keep it up, you'll soon be
running in a race." Lizz turned wondering eyes on her as she said it.
Moving with hardly a trace of a limp, Jim now came back to the others.
"Well if that don't beat the band," he announced. "To die and be able to walk
and run and to get me Lizz back, all at the same time. Young Lizz here, she
looked after me in her spare time like, for nearly three years, ain't you,
Lizz? Time's me back used to hurt somethink horrible and I had to lay up in
bed. And Lizz, she used to come and do fer me. Reglar good un at it she was."
He looked affectionately down at her. And Lizz, the humble child of the
gutter, drank in his praise with the wide-eyed devotion of a dog. Despite her
ragged clothes and wretched shoes, despite her tangled hair and grimy paws,
her etherealised body glowed with a light that was lovely to behold, it seemed
to radiate pure love.
Presently Ann suggested that they should all go to the hospital. But at the
word a look of terror came into the child' eyes.
"You're never goin' to tike im to horspital? E'll die there as sure as
eggs. Straight he will. I got a place here all ready for him in case he should
die like me. Look, it ain't far."
So saying she led the way across the field and down a narrow lane to a
small thicket in the shelter of which she had constructed a hut from materials
collected from heaven knows where. It was spotlessly clean and evidently she
had scoured the neighbourhood to find oddments that would serve as household
necessities. It was the sort of habitation a child would make in the garden
for a game of make-believe.
"That is awfully nice;" Ann commented, "but I think Jim needs special care
... " then she stopped suddenly.
Michael got the injunction at the same time. Raphael was sending them both
strong thoughts to leave the child and Jim to their own devices. So bidding
the two waifs a cheerful farewell, Michael and Ann made their way back to the
hostel where they found Raphael awaiting them.
When he had heard their story he said: "The love that child has built into
that unpretentious shack will be worth more than all the attention we can give
Jim in hospital. Let them be. We will be ready to help them when they are
ready to receive it."
Then he asked Ann what she thought of the journey through the lower Astral
plane. She made a grimace. "I never imagined such horrible creatures could
exist outside of a nightmare."
Raphael laughed. "You are right, but we soon get used to them. Many of them
are astral shells, devoid of life. When a spirit leaves its mortal body for
the last time, there is a shell or envelope much the same shape as the
physical body, which is freed and floats away. Where the physical life has
been on a high level the shell soon disintegrates but when the life has been
material the shell is thicker and takes longer to dissolve. So it drops to its
own level in the lower Astral plane and there floats about aimlessly. But
sometimes mischievous or evil-minded spirits get hold of these shells and
occupy them, even using them to materialise to Earth folk and deceive them
into thinking it is the spirit of their one-time friend who has returned. That
is the origin of most of the stories of ghosts and Earthbound spirits you
heard."
"Ah!" exclaimed Michael, "I thought it might be something like that."
"A most unpleasant habit," observed Ann. "One can see how all sorts of
complications might arise."
"They do indeed," observed Raphael. "It makes the task of communicating
with the Earth much more difficult. But it can't be helped and if one is aware
of the existence of these interlopers it doesn't really matter. If the
communication is on a high and constructive level these wraiths cannot
interfere, they cannot reach the necessary level to manifest."
Soon after this Raphael took them to a lecture where further information on
the subject of the relationship between the Earth and the Spirit World was
given by a Spirit Teacher of high degree. The object of the speaker was to
show the perfection of the Divine Plan. He took his audience right back into
the dawn of Earthly history, to the point where incarnate man first began to
use his then great powers for the furtherance of his own personal interests,
thus interfering with the progress of his fellow men. Gradually the leaders of
the revolt gathered followers about them in whom they instilled authority
through misrepresentation of the truth and by means of fear. Such action, if
unimpeded, would have caused a serious deviation from God's Plan, eventually
leading to chaos. So to save man from himself, God had to enclose the Earth in
a protective envelope, thus preventing the contagion from spreading throughout
the Universe. This envelope had to be an obstacle to Spirit power, whether
good or evil. So the situation on Earth was bound to deteriorate through
starvation of spiritual food, until such time as sufficient spirits of high
degree could incarnate on to the Earth and by their united influence cause the
Spirit of man to desire freedom from the thraldom of Self.
He went on to show how in the meantime spirits must go on incarnating, the
wheels of the Cosmos must go on turning because the Earth is not alone, it is
part of the Cosmos. Thus the endless cycle of birth and death went on, many of
the spirits kindling one more glimmer in the illumination which in time will
free the Earth once more. There is always the divine urge in the Human heart
and in time it will burst through the opaque envelope and admit the Spirit
radiance which God sends forth eternally.
The lecturer explained that the time for the rending of the veil between
the two worlds was rapidly approaching and much had already been accomplished.
In the hearts of men the urge for the spiritual was already manifesting to a
marked degree though few realised the nature of that urge. The final struggle
between the forces of Light and Darkness was in full sway and the
manifestation of evil within the envelope was in rising crescendo owing to the
fury of the etheric strife. But the forces of Light were winning, crushing the
dark miasma of ignorance.
A sudden light burst in on Michael's mind as he listened. He began to see
the meaning of much that had puzzled him. All this labour on the lower Astral
plane, all this suffering that incarnate and disincarnate souls were
undergoing, was not merely the rescue of individuals from a sort of witches
cauldron. It was a mighty work of redemption of the whole world. The very
thought made it all seem worthwhile. Though indeed the grave condition of the
Earth was due to the sins of the fathers, this wholesale effort of rescue
caught the imagination.
Discussing the matter afterwards with Raphael, Michael could not help
exclaiming: "But this puts new life into me. I feel that nothing is too much
to overcome if we have this great object in view."
Raphael nodded his head gravely. "That is what we understand to be God's
Plan for the Earth and all the lower spiritual planes associated with it. You
cannot consider them separately."
"But this is wonderful!" exclaimed Michael, still stirred by the
revelation.
Raphael smiled at his enthusiasm. "We all find that as we progress new
revelations such as this are continually given to us. You have only
experienced the first glimpse of what waits to be revealed to you. As your
consciousness, or power of understanding, is opened out by the flow of Spirit
through you, new visions of God's wonders will be given to you, wonders that
you couldn't possibly begin to comprehend in your present stage of
development."
"What a conception!" agreed Michael. "Like a series of transformation
scenes, each transcending the last. And yet this one glimpse I have had
convinces me that it is true. What a pitifully inadequate idea of God we had
on Earth. But tell me, what is the immediate plan for getting this truth
through to the Earth people?"
"To go back a little," said Raphael, "we first had to pierce the envelope
round the Earth with tunnels so that we could carry our message through to the
people. For the past hundred years of Earth time we have been making these
tunnels by projecting powerful Cosmic rays which cut through the mists. These
tunnels we lined with etheric substance which prevented them from filling up
again. Thus we were able to travel up and down with a minimum of effort or
waste of power. Our next task was to find incarnate spirits with the necessary
psychic power to act as receivers or mediums for the messages we had to give.
Often the person who had the most promising gifts was unwilling to co-operate
owing to fear of public opinion, while others, who were much less able, thrust
themselves forward. We had to chose where we could. When we had trained them
over long periods they would sometimes suddenly tire of the notion and give it
all up and our work was wasted. Some mediums were actuated by anything but
spiritual motives while others were so carried away that they insisted on
obtruding their own mentality and thus distorting the messages. But always
there was progress of a sort. At first these tiny points of contact were like
single lights in a great gloom, but gradually the number and power increased
and the gloom has become a grey dawn with thousands of twinkling lights
glowing like the Milky Way."
Michael's eyes were shining with eagerness. “That sounds fine,” he
exclaimed. “I should like to help in that work.”
"Don't be too sure about that," laughed Raphael. "It is not so easy as it
may sound. It is like working in a diver's suit deep under water. Much of our
consciousness we have to leave behind us as it were. We cannot function fully
and freely at the end of our life-line. And when we do, we have to humble our
pride and summon all our faith to enable us to appear before the bar of
intolerance. We have to face meetings where we are termed spooks, entities.
wraiths, and even envoys of Satan. We have to face abuse, certainly unbelief
and often indifference. We have to prove our identity to critical minds and
egotistical research workers. Or we have to listen to people who want lost
handbags found or errant husbands retrieved or gay wives shadowed. We have to
be patient with these people and gently inspire their minds to desire
something higher."
"Sounds a bit grim, doesn't it," agreed Michael. "But I suppose there are
compensations?"
"Of course. The willing and loving comradeship of many incarnate spirits,
some of them undergoing unavoidable suffering, is ample compensation. We can
endure all that I have described if we remember always that these people are
labouring under terrible handicaps, the sins of the fathers. We have successes
to bring us joy, and there is the healing that gifted spirits are able to give
through suitable mediums."
"Why is it so difficult to prove your identity?" asked Michael.
"It is never very easy," replied Raphael, "and even when you have produced
evidence, it is very likely the sitter will say it is thought-reading or
pre-knowledge. If he doesn't say so he may think it. Imagine I am an incarnate
sitter and you are speaking through the mentality of a Human medium. I ask you
to prove you are who you say you are. How will you set about it?"
"Why I ... that is, I ... " Michael broke off, nonplussed. He suddenly
realised how far he had drifted from the objective details of his Earth life.
It all seemed so far away. Of the subjective influences in his incarnate life
he was well aware. He could recall the mistakes he had made, the lessons he
had learned. But it was like the recollections of early childhood, only the
highlights stood out; the humdrum details of existence upon which a finite
mind would rely for cognate evidence had faded into an indefinite background.
It was difficult to recall anything that could be used as cast-iron proof of
identity.
Raphael smiled at the tacit admission. "It isn't easy, is it? Almost
impossible for most people without the assistance of experienced controls who
know how to jog your memory. Of course a lot of it comes back when you contact
Earth conditions once more."
"Still, I should like to try it," said Michael.
"Very well, you shall. It is by refusing to be beaten that you will
succeed. And remember, as I told you, the rewards are great. If by striving
you use all your endeavours to render service, you will open up your
consciousness in a surprising way and thus find a newer and deeper meaning in
every thing you do and experience." And with that he took his departure.
There followed numerous and varied experiences for Michael and Ann,
experiences which demanded all their wit and ability to handle. They met all
sorts of conditions and tasted of both joys and horrors, successes and
defeats. They presided at beautiful scenes of reunion between loved ones,
between the lover and his mate, between mother and child. They witnessed the
release of spirits from Human bondage seemingly beyond endurance, to the
glorious freedom and surcease that awaited them. They watched, with leaden
hearts, the transition of souls laden with the harvest of Human ignorance
drifting down into the welter of that limbo in which they would have to
struggle so long and so hard for release. Together they wandered through the
dark recesses of the lower Astral plane pleading with Earthbound souls to
listen to their message of hope and light and freedom. So often they failed.
Yet sometimes they succeeded, and the joy of one success would make up for
endless toil and despair. The sight of an Earthbound soul emerging into the
light and warmth of the real Spirit World was something to treasure. Such
experiences as these were epics that far transcended any Earthly tale of
adventure.
In one experience they met with a Spirit held inert beside his mouldering
corpse. He had held such strong views on the importance of the physical
vehicle and the impossibility of the existence of a soul, that he found it
impossible to get away from the only thing he had held to be real. They tried
to approach him but he shied away from them and shut his mind to their
persuasions, believing them to be demons. His dull eyes held little
intelligence and his etheric body was turgid with negative thoughts of a
purely physical nature. There was clearly nothing to be done so he was left to
his dreary vigil.
Ann, especially, found it necessary to keep her feelings under control, for
any excess of emotion or sympathy affected the spirit undergoing transition.
On one occasion they were helping a shipwrecked sailor who was suffering the
last pangs of torture by thirst. His wretched condition so affected her that
she could see the effect of her emotion working on his auric condition and
increasing his sufferings. She managed to control herself and was able to help
the man by suggestion, but she was relieved when she saw the Angel of Mercy
approach to effect the final transition. Freed from his burdensome body the
sailor bounded up and greeted the friends who had come to fetch him with
boisterous gaiety.
Some incidents were not without pathos. A lady of title, well-known in the
social and political firmament, whom we will call Lady Blank, was passing over
as a result of illness. Aware that she had not been prepared for transition,
being self-centred and purse-proud, Michael and Ann led her to the
neighbourhood reserved for such individuals. By the Law of Cause and Effect
such people can only exist in mean habitations for they have not provided in
their Earth life the essential spiritual materials for building anything
better. When she beheld the miserable cottage allotted to her, Lady Blank was
highly indignant and refused to enter. Suppressing the contempt which he felt
for this selfish woman who, he was aware, had never spared a thought for those
less fortunate than herself, Michael answered courteously:
"I am sorry, Lady Blank, but we have done the best we could with the
materials you provided. We can only create houses with the spiritual material
we are given."
"What do you mean?" she demanded, "why should I provide you with materials?
I am ready to pay for my accommodation."
"What with?"
"With whatever you use for money here. I am a very wealthy woman and my
husband is ... "
Michael broke in with a deprecatory gesture. "We know who you are, Lady
Blank. But you must realise that titles do not count over here and the money
that you once enjoyed does not exist any more. The currency that we use is
Love and Service."
“Then perhaps you will see about getting me some service. I shall need a
personal maid and ...”
Once more Michael intervened. "I did not mean that kind of service. There
are no menial servants in this place. Those who render domestic service of any
kind do so out of the love in their hearts and it is received in the same
spirit. It is one of our first lessons here that service is a means of
progress; no one can demand it for their own use. Besides, you will soon find
that there is no need for the kind of service you are thinking of."
"But," expostulated the smartly dressed woman, "who is to look after my
clothes, who is to get my bath and so on?"
Here Ann came forward. "You must let me help you, Lady Blank. You will find
clothes an easy matter over here." She gave the woman an intimate smile. "But
we women still contrive to introduce some element of fashion into our spirit
robes though we have little control over the quality of our materials; that is
determined by our state of advancement. You will soon want to exchange these
garments for something more durable. Earth clothes don't last very well in
this atmosphere. See, the material of this coat is already affected." As she
spoke she brushed at the shoulder of Lady Blank's expensive looking coat.
Wisps of material rose into the air as she did so.
An exclamation of horror and disgust rose to Lady Blank's lips. "My dear,
how awful. This is a new coat, it only came from Bond Street a few days ago. I
shall make them replace it ... oh ... I forgot."
Ann smiled sympathetically as she took the other woman's arm. "Come along
into the cottage and we will see what we can do, you know....." Her voice died
away inside the wretched little building and Michael turned to see a group of
people approaching. These were the relatives of the newly arrived Spirit,
coming to welcome her.
So the work went on, a vast labour imbued by an ideal of service that Earth
people can only dimly comprehend. A vast concourse of Workers all bent upon
their task of breaking down the veil between the two worlds and with it the
intricate mass of prejudices, superstitions, doubts and fears which divide man
from his God. Were the vision of incarnate souls to operate with equal freedom
in either dimension they would be so impressed by the astronomical efforts
made throughout the spheres surrounding the Earth, that worship of the Self
would die of atrophy and man would tap the mighty powers open to him for the
relentless pursuit and destruction of all that opposes his progress towards
the light. Every spirit laboratory, every seat of learning and wisdom, every
landscape, held its quota of figures bent on research, figures studying far
ahead of their fellows on Earth, figures hurrying in their thousands on this
great errand of mercy, this great labour of tearing down the edifices of the
past, so that the great Cosmic Command which rings through the Universe, “Let
there be light” might once more cleanse and revitalise the Earth, many
inhabitants of which gaze obliquely at one another and affirm: “There is no
God! The dead are dead!”
At times the task allotted to Michael and Ann was varied. A Guide would be
allotted to them to take them to the various Senates or Parliaments on Earth
where they would engage with others in the uncongenial task of spiritual
lobbying. This entails influencing subconsciously the minds of certain
responsive members, to press for certain constructive measures making for
freedom and progress. Usually the Guide was a one-time leader of the House in
question and often he would brief his assembled spirit workers with all the
fire of his old oratory. Sometimes the Guide would directly inspire a
politician who got up to speak on some controversial subject. The politician
would get up, notes in hand, speech thoroughly rehearsed, and deliver himself
of an oration which had little in common with his notes. But this could only
happen in rare cases where the spirit of the member gave explicit sanction.
More rarely still, pre-arranged connivance would in a speaker being smitten
with a sudden confusion so that he omitted to dwell upon a certain point. Care
in delegation of such permission is engendered by the fact that nations and
corporate bodies have to follow the line of self-determination just as
individuals have to learn and progress by the light of their own mistakes. It
would not do to substitute spirit rule for self rule. But whatever the light
of spiritual understanding showed in the aura of a member of government, that
capacity was made use of to impress the individual with a point of view that
was selfless and far-sightedly constructive.
One amusing incident occurred when Michael was listening to a debate in the
House of Commons. It is not easy for spirits to get the meaning of Human
speech and to facilitate his reception of an important dissertation Michael
drew nearer to a Member who was, probably without knowing it, a natural
medium. The power of this man acted as a magnifier and gave clarity to the
speech. He must have seen Michael clairvoyantly, as he took the vacant seat
beside him, for he leaned across and said: “Did you get that point about
fiscal control, I heartily disagree, don't you?”
Without withdrawing his attention from the orator, Michael answered in
thought language, "I think he is quite right". The member of course did not
hear the answer and repeated his question. He seemed annoyed at Michael's
apparent churlishness and to avoid giving him further offence Michael removed
himself. But he could not help noticing from his new vantage point, that the
Member kept on glancing uneasily at the empty seat beside him.
Many times since his transition, Michael had paid visits to his parents,
still living at the old home at Belchester. His father was an old man now and
relied mare and mare on Clark to manage the mill. His mother was a little mare
careworn but still maintained her placid outlook on life. It was clear that
she did not regard him as having any objective existence, for she relied
entirely upon the precious memory of him that she carried in her heart. He
made several attempts to draw their attention to his presence, but it was no
use. Their minds were entrenched behind such a formidable rampart of
conservatism and bigoted belief that it was hopeless to try and pierce it. He
knew they would have nothing to do with mediums.
True to his promise, Raphael came to the hostel during one of the rest
periods to announce to Michael that he had arranged for him to attend a
séance. The two set out together. Descending through one of the ray tunnels,
they found themselves in a room which seemed to be constructed of plastic
glass. It was more of an enclosure than a room, for it was bell-shaped and of
pink translucency. As his sight became more accustomed to the surroundings,
Michael discerned that the glass enclosure included a in a material house. He
heard voices speaking English and in the dim light saw a group of people
seated round one at their head who was obviously a Medium, from the bright
globe of spirit light that shone above his head. Michael's gaze, travelling
round the circle, came to rest on a familiar face. It was Davis, his old
partner, perceptibly aged, but blunt and impassive as ever. Raphael, at his
elbow, told him that the woman on Davis right was his wife. Michael regarded
her with interest, for Davis had been a bachelor when he knew him. Mrs. Davis
was, he surmised, the real reason for Davis presence here. It was she who
appeared to be at home in these surroundings while her husband displayed every
sign of antagonism to his environment.
At this moment someone drew the curtains, and the séance commenced in a dim
light. As the Medium went into trance Michael observed a figure with features
suggesting Egyptian descent approach the Medium with two other spirits, who
proceeded to collect some plastic sort of substance which issued from the
Medium's side. This they manipulated into a queer instrument which Raphael
told him was a voice box, or mechanical larynx, through which manifesting
spirits could speak in what amounted to a Human voice. As soon as this was
accomplished the Egyptian stood close to the voice box which had been
suspended in mid air, considerably above the head of the Medium. He began to
speak, greeting the sitters and explaining the object of the circle. He then
offered up a prayer to the Great Spirit, dedicating the work of those present
to His service. and asking His blessing on the proceedings.
While this was going on Raphael conducted Michael round the circle. First
of all he showed him the plastic substance from which the bell-like structure
was made. It appeared to be elastic, but very strong and quite transparent. It
was of course not visible to Human eyes nor an impediment to Human touch.
Michael was warned to make no attempt to pass through it. But he could see
through the pink transparency a great host of spirits drawn here by the
unaccustomed lights of spiritual beings who were making the purely mechanical
arrangements for the séance. Like eager children pressing their faces against
Christmas-time shop windows, they gazed in wonderment at the proceedings afoot
within the structure. Raphael explained that these were spirits from the lower
Astral who came out of curiosity and many remained to take more than a passing
interest. The desire to return to Earth conditions was always strong in the
Astral dwellers, and the workers in these conditions used that fact to
influence those who appeared ready for it.
Inside the bell structure were more spirits. These, it was explained were
spirits who had come down from higher realms to use the medium and give
messages of love and encouragement to those in the circle.
The Egyptian had now finished speaking and his place was taken by a young
girl spirit, who was amusing the sitters with quaint jokes and making fun of
some of those with whom she was on intimate terms. It was observable how the
laughter lightened the conditions, for as the tension relaxed the haze seemed
to clear from the circle in all directions except that of Davis' chair. He sat
there, grim and unbending as ever. Following the child, two spirits spoke to
friends in the circle. Adepts at this work, they used the artificial larynx
with skill and ease. While they were speaking Raphael introduced Michael to
the Egyptian. He greeted Michael warmly and explained that Davis' wife having
persuaded her husband to attend this circle, they thought it would form a good
opportunity to give Michael experience of this type of work, and possibly
exert some influence upon Davis' himself, although he was deemed to be an
unsympathetic sitter.
"What a hope for me," said Michael, smiling ruefully. "I don't see how 1 am
going to have any effect on old Davis. He was always a pretty blunt man, who
knew a spade as a spade and nothing else. However, I am always prepared to
try."
"We do not propose that you should use the larynx tonight. It is not easy
to use without practice. When the time comes I will show you how to occupy the
Medium's body and use his own larynx."
While he was waiting his turn, Michael noted there were several Spirits
going round the circle carrying different coloured lights in their hands.
Raphael explained that these were workers who were giving something to each of
the sitters, healing to one, spiritual development to another, consolation to
a third. One Spirit produced a bunch of flowers having a pungent scent which
she placed in the lap of Mrs. Davis, who immediately began to move her head
and sniff the atmosphere as if trying to locate the scent. She whispered
something to her husband who was obviously scornful, because his own senses
did not respond to the etheric odour. Michael smiled grimly to himself; it was
evident that he was not going to have an easy time proving his identity to
Davis. He began to cast around in his mind for something to say when the
Egyptian beckoned to him. The child control was speaking through the etheric
larynx again, and the Egyptian informed him that he would be the next to
speak.
In some trepidation Michael approached the man whose mortal body he was to
control. From the side of the body he could see the thin life-cord stretching
away up out of sight to where the Medium's spirit, temporarily bereft of its
Human vehicle. was functioning on another plane. Following the Egyptian's
instructions he concentrated upon the head of the Medium, then he waded right
into the physical body as one wades into deep water. For a moment, he had the
sensation of a wave passing over his head. He became conscious of the odour of
Human emanations, which to his refined spirit sense was rather overpowering.
At length he had 'thought' himself into the new garment and began to make use
of the physical limbs. They felt heavy like limbs that have gone to sleep
through sitting too long in one position. But gradually his strength and
confidence increased and he was able to operate the body without effort. He
bent down to gaze through his own clairvoyant sight at the material of which
the Medium's coat was made. He patted the solid flesh of the wrist.
A warning message from the Egyptian caused him to notice the slumped
attitude of his body. He straightened it and raised the head so that he could
face the sitters. Now that he was in a physical body he was unable to see them
so clearly, the outline of the circle was confused and their faces were
blurred. He managed to focus one sitter at a time but it demanded an effort
and he abandoned it. The child control had finished speaking and as she left
the etheric voice-box she laughingly whispered in his ear:
"Your turn, Uncle Michael. Keep your pecker up."
He realised that the moment had come and that he must do something. His
lips moved but for the life of him he could not think what to say. He was
conscious that kindly thoughts were being extended to him from a number of the
sitters, but there was one stream of antagonistic thought from Davis'
intellect that stabbed his mind and paralysed any inspiration he possessed.
Suddenly he felt the concentration of the powerful mind of the Egyptian and a
wave of power and confidence swept over him.
"Good evening," he said, with the aid of this external stimulus. It sounded
fatuous, but there was a chorus of responses from the sitters that gave him
added confidence. He began to speak of himself and his work in spirit life, of
the things that were so real to him. The circle listened politely but he
sensed that he had not captured their interest. No doubt, as Raphael had
warned him, they would rather hear about themselves and their immediate
problems. As he paused uncertainly one of the sitters asked his name.
"Michael," he replied promptly. Then he realised that he aught to add his
surname and opened the Medium's mouth to give it. To his horror he could not
remember it. Everyone called him Michael and as spirits rarely used his
surname it had just floated out of his etheric memory. His face must have
given away his predicament for the sitter asked again, encouragingly, "Can you
tell us what your work was on Earth?"
That was better. He knew very well what his work had been.
It was ... what did they call it? He could see the whole thing, the
materials, the machines, the finished articles. He could have given any spirit
a complete exposition an the subject together with the employment of its
counterpart in the Spirit World. But that was thought language, so complete
and comprehensive, so effortless. What in the name of fortune was the name
they used an Earth? He temporised.
"I was engaged in the manufacture of certain articles you use in your Earth
life. Articles for construction, yes, that was it, construction. Just as our
scientists, whom I see going round your circle, and collecting the ectoplasm
from the Medium and the sitters, fashion it into the semblance of a Human
larynx, so we made moulds and fashioned articles for Earthly use." He paused,
far his attention had been distracted by the sight of a finger clairvoyantly
displayed before him, tracing something. It was a word. "P-l-a-s-t-i-c".
"That was it, plastics, my business was in plastics," he exclaimed, trying
to keep the note of relief out of his voice. He could see Davis leaning
forward in his chair, staring at him intently.
Michael became conscious of another clairvoyant vision. It was a long
narrow book, he recognised it far a cheque book. It was open and a signature
was scrawled at the foot of a cheque. "Michael Blair."
"Blair was my name, Michael Blair," he announced, almost in triumph. He saw
Davis give a slight start and draw his brows together in a puzzled frown.
Michael decided to challenge him. "I think there is a friend of mine here,
by the name of Davis."
Davis froze. "I used to know a man named Michael Blair," he replied in an
uncompromising voice. "But his voice and manner were not a bit like yours."
Michael thought for a moment. He felt he wasn't being very adequate. "You
must realise that I am using the body of this Medium and am speaking through
his larynx. It is the vibrations of his voice that you hear. Also this is my
first attempt to manifest in this way and you must forgive me if I am not very
good at it."
"Can you give me any evidence that it is really you?" asked Davis.
"I am Michael Blair, I passed over here as a result of a motor car accident
together with my wife. My two children were burned to death in my house
shortly before my passing."
"Yes, yes," returned Davis testily, “but these things are known generally,
the Medium could easily find out about such events. Tell me something that is
known only to you and me and I will believe that it really is you." He sat
back in his chair with an air of a man who has propounded an unsolvable
problem.
Michael was nonplussed. Frantically searching the almost abandoned limbo in
which were recorded all those faded symbols of a half-forgotten journey, he
tried to fit together some incidents of his Earthly life that would prove
convincing. Why on Earth couldn't Davis take his word for it, it was degrading
to have his identity doubted. There was so much he wanted to say, all the
wonderful realities of his present existence clamoured for expression. He
thought he might say something about Vera. Then he realised that Davis knew
nothing about the girl. Time was passing, the power seemed to be lessening,
and the challenge Davis had flung at him remained unanswered. It was almost
with a feeling of relief that he heard the child control speaking again
through the voice box and felt himself being withdrawn from the Medium's body.
At length he was clear and stood facing the Egyptian. "I'm terribly sorry,"
he began, "I'm afraid I was a complete failure."
The Egyptian smiled understandingly. "Do not be dismayed. It is always
difficult the first time, and some of these hard-headed sitters are difficult
to deal with. Your friend Davis did not want to come, but was dragged here by
his wife. It is better to take a new-comer to a clairvoyance séance where a
practised medium, using her own consciousness in conjunction with us to get
through evidential messages, has a much better chance of success. But your
effort will not be wasted. Although your friend is not yet ready for spiritual
truth, he was shaken by what he heard and that puzzlement may some day blossom
out into a desire for further proof."
Feeling somewhat depleted by his experience Michael did not wait for the
end of the séance, but departed with Raphael for the hostel where he was soon
engaged in telling Ann of his adventure.
As Michael and Ann furthered their experience and knowledge, so did their
development progress. They remained themselves, just as they had always been,
but in accordance with the wisdom they acquired, their characters expanded and
their ability to appraise and to grasp deep significances and the inner
meaning of spiritual truth, broadened and deepened. They began to realise that
what they had understood as Truth, ultimate and unalterable, was but the bud
opening and blossoming with ever-increasing beauty and splendour. Each new
conception brought them added tolerance, increased understanding, and that
measure of pre-vision which is an attribute of the spiritually developed. The
focus of their sight widened until it began to take in and outline the broad
processes of an evolving world. At each turn of the kaleidoscope the myriad
pieces that made up the Universe they knew, rearranged themselves in a new and
even more wondrous pattern. The manifestation of God through this growing and
out-working development of His many mansions showed it to be something that
was pulsating with life and colour and vitality, growing and expanding through
the impulses of Spirit power eternally projected from the Source, working
outwards in cycles that widened like the ripples on a pond.
Apart from the happy times of their vacations, all Michael's and Ann's
energies were now devoted to the pursuit of the work to which they were
dedicated. They studied the nature of spiritual matter and the source and
transmission of the powerful Cosmic rays that beat upon the physical worlds of
the Universe. They were given the secrets of inter-planetary attraction and
repulsion and they learnt something of the lives of those spirits who
incarnated on other planets. Much they found to marvel at in the history of
the sacrifice and redemption of those spirits who were giving all, that the
dire situation of the Earth might be retrieved. They stood amazed at the
endurance and courage displayed by those spirits who incarnated into a life
chosen by themselves for its great suffering or seeming failure in order that
they might, by their own spiritual strength, demonstrate how to meet and
endure or overcome such disabilities.
One such case they encountered in this manner. They were present while a
spirit was freeing himself from a body which was deaf, dumb and blind. They
were surprised to see the grief and affection displayed by the friends of the
passing spirit, grief which did much to hamper the disentanglement of the
etheric body from the physical. As soon as the spirit was free they approached
and offered their help and instructed him how to use the etheric senses which
were now ready to be used by one who had forgotten how to employ such means of
communication. To their surprise the spirit threw off the dull etheric body
which he wore and revealed himself as a Being of very high degree as evidenced
by the brightness of his spirit vehicle. Its translucent radiance almost
dazzled the beholders and they realised that here was one who could not be
confined to these lower realms for long in his present brilliance. He thanked
them for their loving care and assistance and explained that he had incarnated
for the special purpose just described, simply as a thank-offering to God for
the joy of living. He explained that through the interest and pity that his
condition had aroused he had been able to regenerate much of the despair that
he found in his surroundings, to heal many afflicted bodies by the power
emanating from him, and to uplift all with whom he came in contact by the
Spirit that shone through him, voiceless but pregnant with authority. He said
this without a trace of self-consciousness, for spirits of high degree are not
subject to the limitations of conceit, knowing long before they reach such
status that all power emanates from one great Source and that individuals are
but bearers of its blessings. Then with a smile that radiated the pure love of
Spirit, he made a graceful gesture of blessing and gathering his glowing robes
about him, precipitated himself into the sphere where he had his real being.
So Michael and Ann learned not to judge by appearances but to subordinate
their judgment to an ever-growing power of intuition. One by one their
existing prejudices began to fall away from them like over-ripe fruit. It was
the loosening of the etheric body they wore and the prelude to the ultimate
severance of themselves from the Self that alone held them back from that
reunion with the Father which was the substance of the urge that impelled them
through life. They were gathering, too, a new awareness of God. From being a
powerful Deity, infinitely far off, infinitely unattainable, He was now coming
into the prominence of their lives with a new meaning. They saw His
manifestation in everything they met, in everything they sensed in the etheric
world about them. His was the mysterious Light of the Cosmos that was also an
activating power, His were the still more mysterious rays that were a direct
emanation of His Person, the rays that drove the Universe, that created and
destroyed worlds, that determined the colour of a leaf or held in check the
great rampaging powers of evil. Yet in all these things they were aware of a
benevolent Personality, of a great Love beyond understanding or reciprocation,
of One who was responsive to thought, rather than the Spirit of a Perfect Law.
The two seemed to be combined in one great Omniscience. They knew that the
greater their progression, the greater their wisdom, the deeper their
understanding of Him, the more love He drew from their hearts, the more they
felt at-one with this Radiant Being who was their Father.
Tendor had visited them on several occasions while they were resting in the
Lowlands and told them that their continued service was earning for them the
right to enter the Uplands of Heaven where their children dwelt. It would,
however, be necessary to remain there for some time once they made the
decision to enter this new life. And because of the absorbing interest in
their work in the Astral, fanned by a growing understanding of the Great
Tragedy of the Earth, they had put off the glowing promise of this forward
step.
But now the great moment was approaching. New work lay ahead and they
discovered that the work they were doing could as easily be performed by those
who came after them, while they themselves could best render service by first
increasing their own capacity to serve, that is by enhancing their own
advancement. They knew that the progress of spirits through eternity is like
the steadily advancing waters of a great river. Though single drops may tarry
in quiet backwaters, though whirlpools may whirl with unending persistence, in
the end each drop must move onwards to its final mergence with the ocean.
So now they left the Astral and confined their efforts to study on the
plane of the Uplands. Ann was studying incarnation and reincarnation, a deeply
absorbing subject. She asked Tendor to tell her if the children were likely to
be incarnate again. But the Guide smilingly refused to be drawn.
"It is a matter on which they must exercise their own free will," he said.
"I cannot say what they will choose. When they are ready for it, they will be
shown what they lack in experience and the way in which that experience may be
gained. It will then be for them to decide which of the alternative
suggestions they are ready to adopt. It may be that they will be able to learn
all they need without another incarnation."
Nor would he enlighten her as to the children's respective affinities. "I
do not know," he said in his grave dignified way, "the whereabouts of those
spirits who shall, in Gods own time reunite with them to make the longed-for
One. But I do know that for every one of either sex there is the male. Thus
did they emanate from God, thus will they return to the Heart of God.
Somewhere in the Cosmos are the mates of your two children and love will draw
them together as soon as the threads of destiny allow. That is the function of
unity or love, which is the same thing."
When all was ready Michael and Ann accompanied their Guide up the ridge
which Michael had essayed to climb so long ago. As they neared the top Tendor
told them to pause and look back over the Lowlands. It is difficult to impinge
this fact upon a finite point of view, but the opening of their consciousness
had now become such that they were able to embrace comprehensively, the whole
of this plane of endeavour. They were in possession of all it could teach
them, they held its secrets and knew its limitations. In one sweeping glance
they could encompass in their understanding its place and its meaning in the
scale of progress. They had learned to see life through its eyes, now they
were about to rise external to its limitations... Now they would see not only
the effects that manifested in its confines, but the causes which animated
those effects. They would see behind the scenes, not only the obverse but the
reverse, not merely the objective but the subjective. As they gazed out over
the scenes of their late endeavours it seemed as if all the pent-up desires of
their hearts flowed out of them and in their place rose the quiet waters of
Spirit, giving them an infinitely finer degree of perception and a new
understanding of what they saw. The values of life, the yardstick of their
expression, changed and refined, shed a new light upon their environment.
As they trod the summit of the ridge a new world burst into view.
Resplendent to a degree impossible to describe to physical minds, they felt
the new freedom, enabling them to look forward, upward, wider, opening their
hearts to the beauties and joys of this grander, more satisfying life that met
their wondering gaze. Happy as their lives had been in the past, that
existence seemed by comparison cold and comfortless as they went forward, like
frozen creatures drawn to the comfort and Warmth of a fire.
Though Ann had visited this plane before with the children, she had not
seen it with the widened vision of this Initiation. To Michael the grandeur
and wonder of it was such that he felt something slip off him like an old
garment. Before him was a new dawning, redeemed from the mistakes of the past,
a new sunrise to all his hopes and aspirations, opening up new opportunities
for the expression of all the desires that rose within him. The door of the
past closed behind him, even as the door of the cottage had closed upon his
Earth life, setting a seal upon what he had accomplished. The magnets of the
Earth no longer pulled at him.
Into the consummation of the new joys Michael and Ann stepped, faced with a
realisation that but a little while ago would have been impossible for them.
Part 7: ASCENSION
It would require many volumes to record the experiences of
Michael and Ann in their new environment, which they faced in the light of a
new perception, refined in the crucible of a past that now fell away from them
like the spent thing that it is. And the story would fade in the telling if an
attempt was made to translate the brilliant range of colouring which illumines
every phase of that life into the crude pigments to which Earthly minds
respond.
On their arrival in this sphere Michael and Ann had found the prototype of
their house waiting for them and here for a time came Stephanie and Peter to
dwell in joyous harmony with them. It was a time of great beauty and
fulfilment, this family reunion, founded on the rocks of a deep and abiding
love and understanding. But the time came when these two young souls became
athirst for new adventure and new means of acquiring wisdom and experience.
So, as their parents had done, they too set forth into the realms where
there is infinite opportunity to chose and to decide, to profit and to lose by
experience, into that wonderful Cosmos which is an infinite repository of
every experience that an evolving soul can need for the shattering of its
illusions and the perfection of its knowledge of its own inherent goodness. We
have no wings to follow them so we must content ourselves with sending them
God-speed to help them on their way till they meet those who are a part of
themselves, to mate in their turn and complete their journey home.
From time to time Michael and Ann descended into the lower realms for
specia1 service or to meet those whom they loved who were making the great
transition. Robert and Mary Blair were both met and conducted to the plane
most suited to their needs and it was Michael's joy to teach them much that he
had learned himself. In due course John and Vera were able to meet and abide
together and it was interesting to watch the Law of Compensation at work. That
which John had missed as a result of his frustrated incarnation he gained in
double measure through his mother. Fred Smith and his beloved Kate, refined by
the fires of his devotion, also made their appearance in a new environment
while Mary paid the Twins a visit before departing into the Cosmos in search
of her mate. From her they learned of much progress in the rescuing of those
who were stuck in the morasses of the City of Illusion or embedded in the
deeper snares of the land across the river. From all sides came news of the
endless resurrection, the eternal upsurge of spirits on their way back to God
through infinitely varying channels. To Michael and Ann and their
contemporaries, this resurgence was a constant source of wonder and delight,
for they were able to view it from the vantage point of a widened
comprehension, seeing the record of what was behind it all, able to marvel at
the depth of experience through which some of the persistent travellers had
come.
The Twins were enabled to study here the essences of matter. Here was shown
to them the common denominator of all that externalised into outer
manifestation in so many different guises. The material things of the Universe
were here reduced to a common source, almost to their true origin, the initial
Source of all. Juggling with the protons and electrons of the atom, they were
able to accomplish the transmutation so much sought by the ancient Alchemists.
For in this realm processes are ultimate, it is nearly at the centre of the
circle. They learned, too, that matter is not active of itself. It was shown
to them that the chemical ingredients of seawater, artificially put together,
are not sufficient to sustain marine life. Here was proof that the
manifestation of the Life-force of the Creator is needed if life is to be
preserved. Together they traced this principle through all the workings of the
Universe.
Freed now from the magnetic pull of the globe on which they had tasted of
the deepest form of experience, Michael and Ann were now better able to extend
their visits to outer parts of the Cosmos. Much they learned that has not yet
been given into the keeping of Man and so can find no place here. It was part
of that learning, however, that they found themselves able to identify
themselves with it. All that they saw and learned became part of them far the
rest of their existence. They were learning to recognise Spirit as a power
that motivates the Universe and all that is in it, running through every atom
of it like a divine spark. They were becoming at-one with their environment,
which is the last step before becoming at-one with God.
Although the Twins were now clear of Earth influence they still retained a
lively interest in all that befell the dark planet. Tendor, who was now
habitually with them, now announced an event of great importance. He took them
to a rendezvous deep within the Cosmos to where a mountain rises in its
pristine glory. It is the Holy Mountain of Spirit, mention of which is so
often made in esoteric writings. At its base lies a vast amphitheatre
surrounded by a low range of hills. The mountain appears to be of purest snow,
glowing rosily with the light that emanates from it, while the surroundings
are of a verdant green never before seen. When they arrived the amphitheatre
was empty, but the low hills were crowded with an ever-growing mass of spirits
in splendid garb. An air of expectancy swept over the assembly.
Presently there came, from the infinite distance, the strains of martial
music, and as the sound grew in volume, from both sides of the base of the
mountain, came great armies of marching men. They marched in divisions, each
in a uniform of different colour. All were brilliantly garbed and each soldier
carried a shield upon which was emblazoned a fiery cross while he carried a
sword which glittered like molten gold, with every movement. At the head of
each division rode a mounted leader, even more brilliantly accoutered than his
men.
"These are the Armies of Light," explained Tendor. "They are composed of
men who have fought on Earth in the past for great ideals, and now they fight
on in a similar capacity. Do you see those leaders? They are spirits who were
inspired leaders of the past who now organise this powerful spiritual army in
the service of God."
"Much of the work of God," he went on to explain, as the serried ranks
ranged themselves in perfect symmetry, "is carried on by the Masters and the
Initiates, aided by the Angels, a race of beings which evolves separately from
spirits like ourselves. But certain work on a specified planet can be better
accomplished by those who have some link with that planet. I must tell you
that war has broken out on Earth. There has been war on the lower Astral
planes for a very long time, as you know, war between the forces of Light and
those of Darkness, and now a great effort is being made to clear up the
effects of centuries of revolt. The struggle has come to a head, and the
resultant stirring up of evil forces has precipitated war upon the Earth.
There is war all over the globe. And word has came from the Masters of Karma
that the Earth is now ready for the thinning of the veil so that the Light of
Spirit may shine through and illumine the starved souls of men. This must be
done on a wavelength that men can receive and respond to and is best done by
the soldiers of Peace, who have manifested in Human bodies and can still
operate on the wavelength of a Human mind. Watch what happens."
As he spoke the last of the divisions came to a halt, facing the mountain.
They stood at rest, a vast concourse of disciplined soldiers, filling the huge
arena, silent yet vibrant with life, a tremendous power held in leash. It was
an inspiring scene, far transcending any pageantry that Human endeavour could
present. Suddenly, there was a blaze of light from the summit of the mountain.
A single herald appeared and rode forward to sound a clarion call upon a
silver trumpet. It seemed to those who watched that the echoes of that call
rang through the Universe, as if it were a mighty cavern. Then appeared
another Figure riding a white horse with the air of a splendid Conqueror. So
transcendent was the vibration upon which He manifested at this time, that
even these advanced spirits found it difficult to hold Him in their vision for
long. There was no need for anyone to be told that here was the Master
Himself, in the Majesty of His real Being. As He appeared, the whole assembly,
soldiers and spectators alike, gave a mighty shout that raised the echoes
again, while the soldiers raised aloft their shining swords in a single
flashing movement which made the whole amphitheatre seem a sheet of living
flame. Behind the Master rode a shining throng, all of them spirits of high
degree. Among them was a White Knight, he who is known as St. George. Clad in
armour of dazzling whiteness, he held a sword whose blade caught the shafts of
light and hurled them to the confines of the Universe.
Once again the trumpet sent its call ringing round the halls of space. Then
the White Knight rode forward. He came to a halt at a point overlooking the
arena and as if at a given signal, the whole concourse of soldiers faced about
and brought their swords to the engage. The White Knight cleft the air with
his glittering blade and waved it from side to side, shattering the air with a
myriad points of fire. Then he held the weapon steady before him. Each
movement was meticulously followed by the soldiers with perfect timing,
creating wave after wave of living flame that swept out of the amphitheatre,
carrying with it a force that would have shattered the Earth could it have
manifested at that strength within the confines of the Earth's atmosphere.
Then for a while the swords were still and rivers of power flowed from the
points, out and down until they encompassed the Earth, closing in upon it, as
a blanket smothers out fire.
Again the trumpet call and the flow of power died away. There was no sound
but the rustle of swords being withdrawn to rest. A sigh of relief swept round
the spectators for the vibration of that tremendous power had held them rigid.
Facing about once more, the soldiers began to sing. Division by division they
took up the mighty refrain in a grand cascade of sound. Never in the wildest
dreams of Earth life was such music as this. Swelling in unison, the glorious
voices sent their rhythmic tones rolling up the mountain-side, until it seemed
the waves must wash the very throne of God. For sheer majesty and breadth of
sound it can surely never be surpassed, for it is the Eternal Hymn of Praise,
which has been sung before the throne of God throughout the endless cycle, as
it will be sung, forever.
When the glorious refrain was over, the Master rode forward and blessed the
assembly. Not one in that vast concourse but felt that he had received a
special commendation from the all-embracing mind of this great Being. Each
felt that he was at-one with this Master of Love and Power, working with Him,
with but a single aim. Each felt that on this momentous occasion he had taken
yet another step forward from which he would never retreat.
Then the Master turned His horse and rode away, followed by the shining
throng. The martial music sounded once more and the divisions commenced to
march out of the amphitheatre, swinging in perfect unison, marching with the
proud tread of men who have conquered and overcome. At length the great arena
was empty, the music died away, and nothing remained of that inspiring
ceremony but the haunting memory of that glorious refrain which seemed to
linger about the mountain that is Holy.
We hardly dare follow Michael and Ann into the future. They have grown
beyond our compass. To us who still struggle in the currents of Earth, they
seem great beings of wisdom and progress who have travelled beyond our ken.
Already we have trespassed beyond the bounds of the illusion of time. Yet they
were as we are, as they are we shall be. Now their experiences are such that
we can only shade our eyes against brilliance that would blind us, seeing but
the afterglow of their understanding of Truth, which, could we stand face to
face with it, would drive us distracted with discontent at our present lot.
As they passed through Initiation after Initiation they found the memory of
their pre-Earthly existence coming back into prominence, each phase of their
existence falling into place like the pieces of a giant puzzle. Each new
unfoldment enabled them to emerge into a new freedom that made the last
initiation seem like a prison cage. But these experiences are not for mortal
ears and eyes to dwell upon, for their meaning would not be clear and their
glory could not be sensed.
One last glimpse we may be permitted as the two travel onward through the
arches of Eternity. Bringing the far distant future back through aeons of time
into the focus of the present, we see them take the last step of all, even
though it be but a travesty of the Reality that is the last great Ultimation.
But we must complete the circle, we must portray the journey back to the
beginning, we must show that there is no future beyond our reaching, no past
beyond our reckoning.
Freed now from the last vestige of that emotional body, which had proved
such a revealer, in which so much had been accomplished, there is little of
Self left to hold back these radiant Twins. In readiness for the last
Initiation of all, they array themselves in the robes of ceremony, creatures
brilliant beyond our imaging. Accompanied by their beloved Guide they make
their way to a distant pinnacle, standing vastly alone in the depths of space.
Filled with a new sense of at-one-ment with all things, living a life in
common with the Universe, they stand there in contemplation of their lives as
they had lived them. There is no regret, no sense of anything lacking, only a
complete satisfaction in their achievement. Beyond pride, they know themselves
to be good, beyond acquisitiveness they draw to themselves the love of all,
beyond charity they give freely of all they possess. Then they turn to look
forward into Infinity. Ah no, we cannot see what they see, we must leave it.
They stand there alone, in the silence of the Cosmos. Even Tendor has
temporarily withdrawn his personality. And out of the stillness that is beyond
silence, upon the breath of the Universe, there steals the music of the
spheres. The sound of the Universe in action, the sound of great bodies
travelling in their orbits, punctuated by the death of a star, glorified by
the birth of a nebula. The eternal but ordered movements of the constellations
form a great orchestral symphony which is the rhythm of Creation. And the
hearts of both are filled because they are at-one with all these things, they
are part of them, their consciousness has opened out to include all that is.
As they stand there in solemn meditation and at-one-ment their robes of
distinction fall away from them. The last vestige of Self is sloughed off and
they stand before their Maker in the nakedness of Pure Spirit. They experience
a terrible loneliness, for with the absence of Self, they are bereft of a
sounding board. There can be but one easement from this intolerable situation,
at-one-ment with the Source to which they belong, not merely in contemplation,
but in fact. Relieved of the tension that held them away from the Great
Magnet, they feel themselves drawn irresistibly towards the glowing Heart of
God. One flame of purity set out on this journey, one flame of purity they are
once again. But there is something added, something gained. Before they burned
with the pure light of Innocence, now they are alive with the radiant glow of
Wisdom.
At length, the loneliness becomes unbearable, they yearn to break down the
last illusion of separation which has held them away from a home which is
rightfully theirs. As the Heavens open, they give a cry of pure ecstasy, for
they gaze once more upon that which has drawn them throughout their absence.
They enter in, and the Heart of God is made richer by their coming. His Plan
is one step nearer completion, because two of His children have come home. And
all the company of Heaven burst into a paean of praise because the Father's
Obligation is redeemed once again and hope is reborn in the hearts of men.
And a Voice cries out to Tendor, "Well done, thou good and faithful
servant."
DOWNLOADING: To download the above text (469 KB), go to
EDIT on top toolbar of your Web Browser and click on "SELECT
ALL". Right click anywhere in the blocked text and select "COPY"
which will then copy the text to your computer clip-board. Now open a blank
page on your Word Program and then Right click (or EDIT menu)
"PASTE". Select your favorite Typeface / type size / margin layout from
Toolbar again using SELECT ALL and save text under FILE menu as "SAVE
AS", selecting appropriate Folder, Title and type as a Word
Document. You can use PAGE LAYOUT under the FILE menu to further
adjust the size of Top, Bottom and Right and Left margins, and also insert
Page Numbers under INSERT menu.